SUBSCRIBE

real estate investing podcast

Subscribe Here

Subscribe to get updates on future podcast episodes, articles, videos and more.

Subscribe on Android
  • iWIN
  • Invest in the U.S.

The Zero-Down Wealth Strategy: Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

April 29, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

By Erwin Szeto | Host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians 

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

I’ve been doing this podcast since 2016. Almost 10 years, approaching 500 episodes. And in all that time, I’ve rarely recorded a solo episode — because this strategy is so important, and so few people are talking about it, that I needed to speak directly to you, my precious 17 listeners. 

I call it the Zero-Down Wealth Strategy. And if you’re a Canadian real estate investor who’s tired of tenant headaches, over-concentrated in local real estate, and wondering what comes next — this might be the most important thing you read this year. 

The $433 Question 

Let me ask you something. 

Would you rather invest $100,000 — or $433 a month? 

Most people hear $100,000 and immediately think: I don’t have that sitting around. But $433 a month? That’s a car payment. Most of us spend or invest that without blinking. 

Here’s the thing — they’re the same investment. 

$433 is the monthly interest cost of a $100,000 investment loan (from an institutional lender — none of that private lending crap) at today’s rate of 5.2%. One credit check. One self-reported loan application. Zero of your own capital required. No property or property appraisal. No lender fees, mortgage broker and full underwriting. 

That’s it. 

Why Canadian Real Estate Investors Are Stuck 

Before I explain the strategy, I want to acknowledge something most of us feel but rarely say out loud. 

We’re stuck. 

Inflation is real. In March 2026, Canada’s inflation rate hit 3.3% — well above the Bank of Canada’s 2% target. Just look at what it cost to build the Eglinton LRT if you want a concrete example. Money sitting idle loses real purchasing power every single month. 

We’re over-concentrated. Almost every real estate investor I meet with to discuss their investments has 80 to 90% of their wealth tied up in local Canadian real estate — all in Canadian currency. That’s not diversification. That’s concentration risk. 

Demand is weakening. Immigration restrictions, rising unemployment, softening rental demand — the outlook for Canadian investment property has changed materially. This is not 2015. 

The landlord nightmare is real. I say this as someone who’s lived it. I had a tenant deliberately flood my basement causing $10,000 worth of damage. The police couldn’t do anything. I’m currently nine months into a Landlord Tenant Board hearing just for non-payment of rent. Non-payment. Vandalism. LTB backlogs. Ontario is one of the most difficult places in the world to be a landlord right now. 

So why are we still playing the same game? 

2026: A Critical Window 

Here’s what makes this moment particularly important. 

2026 is a US midterm election year — and history has a very clear pattern: 

  • 4.7% — Average S&P 500 return in midterm election years (vs. 9.5% in all other years) 
  • 18% — Average intra-year market drawdown before the November election 
  • 15.4% — Average S&P 500 return in the year after a midterm election 

Quarterly average S&P 500 price returns by presidential cycle (1961-2024) 

Source: Strategas Research  

We are in Q2 of Year 2 RIGHT NOW and this year should be especially volatile with this November’s midterm election deciding if Trump controls Congress or not. 

The market already dropped 9% earlier this year and bounced back 12% — exactly the kind of volatility midterm years are known for. 

The dip before November isn’t the danger. It’s the setup. 

The question isn’t whether a correction is coming. The question is whether you’ll be positioned to benefit from the rebound when it does. 

You Already Believe in Leverage 

If you’re a real estate investor, you already understand this concept — you’ve just been applying it to the wrong vehicle. 

Nobody buys investment property with cash. We put 20 to 25% down and borrow the rest. We call that smart investing. 

Around 2010 — right after the financial crisis — zero down and 5% down mortgages were everywhere in the investor community. Nobody called that reckless. We called it getting ahead. And everyone I know who took advantage of that leverage in 2010 did extremely well. 

This is the same principle. Just applied to a better vehicle — one with no landlord headaches, no appraisals, no LTB hearings, and no midnight calls. 

Two Yale Professors Proved It 

In 2010 — right after one of the worst decades in stock market history — two Yale professors published a book called: 

Lifecycle Investing: A New, Safe, and Audacious Way to Improve the Performance of Your Retirement Portfolio

— Barry Nalebuff & Ian Ayres, Yale University 

Their conclusion, backed by rigorous mathematical proof: leveraged investing, done correctly, outperforms conventional portfolios over a lifetime. 

They weren’t writing from the comfort of a bull market. They ran the math through the pain — through the dot-com crash, through 2008 — and the conclusion was the same every time. 

We real estate investors already know this intuitively. We leveraged into real estate and built wealth over the long term. This is no different in principle. It’s just a different asset class. 

The Stress Test Results 

I ran my own stress test — comparing a leveraged non-registered investment against three alternatives most Canadians swear by: 

Strategy Result 
RRSP — pre-tax dollars, tax-deferred growth ✗ Underperforms 
TFSA — after-tax dollars, tax-free growth ✗ Underperforms 
Non-registered, unleveraged ✗ Underperforms 
Non-registered, leveraged ✅ Wins 

Yes — including the TFSA. The leveraged non-registered strategy beats them all. 

I know that’s counterintuitive. We’ve been conditioned to think TFSAs and RRSPs are the gold standard. And for most people, they are excellent choices. But real estate investors aren’t most people. We walk to a different drummer. We’re looking for outsized returns — and the math confirms this strategy delivers them. 

You can verify this yourself — run the numbers in ChatGPT or Claude and it will confirm: a non-registered leveraged investment outperforms registered fund vehicles over the long term. 

How It Actually Works 

Here’s the practical breakdown: 

Step 1 — Qualify  One credit check. One self-reported loan application. No property, appraisal, mortgage broker and no full underwriting involved.

Step 2 — Borrow $100,000  100% loan to value. Zero of your own capital required. Your only cost is $433/month in interest at 5.2%. If structured correctly, that interest is tax-deductible — speak to your accountant. 

Step 3 — Invest  The $100,000 goes into a segregated fund account — think of it as a mutual fund from the insurance industry.  

Step 4 — Principal protection  This is the key difference from simply putting borrowed money into the stock market. Segregated funds come with built-in principal protection. The downside is covered. The upside belongs to you. That’s why institutional lenders are willing to lend against this — the risk is contained. 

The accounts belong to you. You sign off on everything. We coordinate the paperwork and movement of funds at iWIN Wealth Planning — but it’s your money, your account, your decision. 

Is This Right for You? 

Leveraged investing isn’t for everyone. Before you consider this strategy, ask yourself these questions — and discuss them honestly with your advisor. 

Do you have a specific financial goal in mind? 

This strategy works best when you know what you’re building toward. Retirement income? Diversification away from Canadian real estate? Getting off the landlord treadmill? Get clear on your goal before you start. 

How long are you planning to invest? 

Leveraged investing is typically more suitable for a long-term investment horizon of 10 years or more. Just like real estate — the longer you hold, the more you de-risk. This is not a short-term play. 

How much other debt are you carrying? 

Keep your debt manageable. Make sure your current debt load is under control before adding an investment loan. A good rule of thumb: your total monthly borrowing costs — including the $433/month investment loan interest — should not exceed 36% of your before-tax income. 

How stable is your income? 

A steady income helps you make the required interest payments every month without stress. If your income is unpredictable, this may not be the right time. 

What is your tolerance for risk? 

Are you comfortable with potential fluctuations in your investment value? And with the possibility that in some scenarios, leveraged investing may not outperform traditional investing? If market volatility keeps you up at night, this is not the right vehicle for you. 

Let’s talk if you answered these questions honestly and still feel confident

If I Could Do It All Again 

I want to be honest with you. 

I made the decision in 2005 — 11 years before this podcast started — to go all-in on real estate investing instead of the stock market. And I’ve built a great business from it. Nearly $500 million in investment property transactions. Four-time Realtor of the Year to investors in Ontario. 

But if I could do it all again? I would have deployed leverage earlier — into vehicles without the landlord baggage. 

Less grey hair. More money. No tenant nightmares. More time with our families. 

I think about my clients too. The ones I’ve worked with for years. We would have all made more money. We would have all been happier. That’s not a small thing. 

These are the same strategies I’m now teaching my own kids — and recommending to every client I meet. Because I don’t want non-payment of rent or tenant vandalism stealing anyone’s time away from what actually matters. My future grandchildren deserve parents who aren’t fighting about money because they have to feed the real estate’s bank account — because a tenant stopped paying or a basement flooded, which is happening ever more frequently with climate change. 

The Midterms Are November. You Have 6 Months. 

The US midterm elections are November 2026. History says markets dip before then — and then deliver some of the strongest returns of the four-year presidential cycle in the year that follows. 

You have roughly six months to get positioned. 

I’m doing a free live training where I walk through the full strategy, show you the stress test results side by side, and answer your questions directly. 

Two ways to join: 

📍  Saturday May 30, 2026 — Hybrid (In-Person + Zoom)  Doors open 8:30am · Hard start 9:00am · Hard stop 10:30am · iWIN Office, Oakville · Limited to 40 in-person 

[Register here → Wealth Planning for Canadians] 

💻  Tuesday June 3, 2026 — Webinar Only  8:00pm Eastern · Zoom · 90 minutes 

Same content both sessions. Pick what works for you. 

[Register here → Wealth Planning for Canadians] 

In-person spots fill fast. Don’t wait.

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/The-Zero-Down-Wealth-Strategy-How-Canadians-Use-Leverage-to-Beat-Inflation-e3il08o

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ac823c8a-fca9-4be5-aebe-e266c178f86a/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-the-zero-down-wealth-strategy-how-canadians-use-leverage-to-beat-inflation

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GYYHMYXG?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Apple Music: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/the-zero-down-wealth-strategy-how-canadians-use/id1100488294?i=1000764468055

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ibBWxozAre8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-23-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-29 18:47:192026-05-05 13:58:19The Zero-Down Wealth Strategy: Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

The $600,000 Penalty. Why I recommend against Private Lending

April 27, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians 

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Three Real Estate Stories the Headlines Are Missing in 2026 

Three stories crossed my desk in the last few weeks that every Canadian real estate investor needs to hear about — together, not separately. Because when you put them side by side, they tell one story, and it’s the story the headlines are missing. 

Story one: Ontario’s HST rebate on new-build homes launched April 1st, and sales surged at major builders. Story two: Alberta’s new-build market — the province everyone has been telling you to buy into — is showing real cracks. And story three: a regulatory ruling from FSRA that hit close to home for me personally, and that carries a lesson every private investor needs to absorb. 

Here’s what they have in common. The headline is never the whole story. The loudest voices in a market are rarely the most informed. And your job as an investor is to do your own work. 

Let’s get into it. 

Story 1: Ontario’s HST Rebate Sparks a Sales Surge — But the Investor Window Has Already Closed 

On April 12th, the Globe and Mail reported that new-build home sales in Ontario surged in the first week of the province’s new HST rebate. Major homebuilder Minto sold nearly 120 new homes in Ottawa and the Toronto region. Branthaven Homes sold more homes in one week than they did in all of 2025. The industry trade group BILD called it a “jolt.” 

If you’re an Ontario landlord or investor, the question is obvious: is this the bottom? Is preconstruction back? Should I jump in? 

Before you do, you need to understand what the rebate actually covers — and what it doesn’t. 

How the Ontario HST New-Build Rebate Works 

Effective April 1st, 2026, Ontario buyers can claim a rebate on the 13% HST on new-build homes. The transaction window runs until March 31st, 2027. The rules differ depending on whether you’re buying to live in the home or to rent it out. 

For end-users (people buying a home to live in), construction has to start before December 31st, 2028 to qualify. That’s a meaningful window. 

For investors (people buying to rent the unit out), the rules are dramatically tighter. Construction must already have been started by March 31st, 2026 — a date that has already passed. In other words, the investor version of this rebate only applies to product that’s already in the ground. There is no path for an investor to buy a brand-new project and qualify. 

It’s also worth noting that the rebate is not yet ratified in legislation. Buyers and developers are transacting as if it is, but the federal Department of Finance told the Globe it cannot speculate on timelines. 

The Case for Optimism 

Let’s give the rebate its fair due. Thirteen per cent off a new home is real money. On a $700,000 townhome, that’s $91,000 — a meaningful down payment, not a marketing gimmick. 

The volume is undeniable. Branthaven sold 120 townhomes in Milton and Mississauga and another 20 condos in Oakville in a single week. Construction jobs are coming back — Branthaven’s president told the Globe he expects to rehire up to 30 staff and put dozens of subcontractors back to work. And it begins to clear out the more than 10,700 cancelled GTA and Hamilton condo units that have hung over the market since 2022. 

The Case for Caution 

Not every builder is sharing in the surge. Fernbrook Homes — a 45-year veteran developer — told the Globe they had “many calls and inquiries” but the result was “no sales. Zero.” CEO Joe Salvatore said buyers are “100,000 per cent gun shy” after years of economic upheaval and the U.S. trade war. 

Minto’s own CEO openly questioned whether the surge would last: “Is this a short spurt that will peter out, or will it be sustained?” Pauline Lierman of Zonda Urban — a leading preconstruction researcher — was even more direct: “Demand and confidence is not all there.” 

And the underlying affordability problem hasn’t moved. Solmar Development just cancelled its large Bristol Place condo project in Brampton and converted it to rentals. Their executive vice-president told the Globe the issue was simple: buyers can’t qualify for mortgages and can’t come up with the down payments. “Affordability continues to be an issue, regardless of the rebates.” 

What This Means for Investors 

If you’re a first-time buyer or end-user, the rebate is genuinely worth a serious look. The math on your primary residence is different than the math on a rental, and you have a meaningful window to act. 

If you’re an investor hoping the rebate unlocks Ontario rentals, slow down. The investor cutoff has already passed. Anything you buy now does not qualify for the investor rebate. And Ontario’s underlying landlord economics — rent control, tenant board wait times, eviction process, capped annual increases — have not changed. A one-time purchase discount does not fix ongoing negative cash flow. 

If you’re an existing Ontario landlord whose properties are not cash-flowing, this rebate may actually create a window for you to exit. If new-build sales pick up broadly, the resale market tends to follow with a lag. That could be your opportunity to redeploy capital into something that actually cash-flows. 

Which leads us to where many Ontario investors have been looking for the past few years. 

🎧 Listen to the full podcast

Story 2: Why Toronto Investors Are Walking Away from Their Calgary Preconstruction Deals 

For the last three or four years, the loudest advice in Canadian real estate investing circles has been some version of: “Sell your Ontario rental, buy in Alberta.” I get it. Landlord-friendly legislation, no rent control, lower provincial taxes, a growing population, better affordability than the GTA or the Lower Mainland. On paper, it’s everything Ontario isn’t. 

Then on April 2nd, the Globe and Mail published a piece titled “Glut of new build homes starts to unhinge the Alberta market.” Every Canadian investor with Alberta exposure — or who is considering it — needs to read it carefully. 

The Calgary Townhouse Glut, By the Numbers 

According to Altus Group data cited in the Globe, unsold new-build townhome inventory in Calgary hovered below 1,000 units from mid-2023 through early 2025. By the end of 2025, it climbed past 1,030 — and rising. The share of new-build townhomes priced at or above $500,000 jumped from 40 per cent to 72 per cent in the same period, putting them out of reach of many local first-time buyers. 

Here’s the line every investor needs to absorb. Edward Jegg, Altus’s research manager of data solutions, told the Globe: “Many projects started in the early 2020s were targeted to Toronto investors,” and “a number of those sales to out-of-town investors are not going through, so they are coming back to the market.” 

Translation: the Toronto investors who bought Calgary preconstruction in 2021, 2022, and 2023 — when everyone was telling you Alberta was the next big thing — those deals aren’t closing. Investors are walking away or can’t qualify, and the inventory is landing back on the market and piling up. 

The Cash-Flow Story Has Changed 

Calgary agent Michael Ferianec of Urban Upgrade & New Infills explained why investor demand has dried up: “The cash flow that once made new-build townhomes an attractive investment has dwindled, as a healthy supply of purpose-built rentals, combined with slower population growth, drives down asking rents.” He’s also seeing “more flip-over from rental to sale. Because the rental market already has a lot of listings.” 

That’s a feedback loop. When rents soften, landlords list for sale instead of rent. That adds to for-sale inventory. That softens prices. Meanwhile, Calgary’s unemployment is still elevated, and oil prices are squeezing local cost of living. Three buyer segments — local first-timers, local renters, out-of-town investors — are all soft at the same time. 

The Long-Term Alberta Case Is Still Real 

I want to be fair here. The structural case for Alberta is still intact. Landlord-friendly legislation remains among the most landlord-friendly in the country. There is still no rent control. The eviction process is faster and more predictable than Ontario’s tenant board. Provincial tax burden is lower. Long-term population trajectory — interprovincial migration, international immigration — remains a tailwind, even if it has slowed. 

This isn’t a story about Alberta being broken. It’s a story about cycles. Calgary in 2026 looks different from Calgary in 2022. The investors who made money on Alberta over the last few years didn’t do it because Alberta is magic — they did it because they bought at the right part of the cycle, at the right price point, in the right sub-market, with the right financing. 

The Bigger Lesson — Stop Chasing Narratives 

The narrative that moves through Canadian investor circles is always one or two steps behind the data. In 2020 and 2021 it was “Toronto condos forever.” From 2022 through 2024 it was “get out of Ontario, buy Alberta.” And a lot of investors bought Calgary townhomes from a floor plan, sight unseen, in a sub-market they had never visited, based on a spreadsheet a promoter handed them at a free seminar. Now those units are completing, the rents aren’t where the pro-forma said they would be, the values aren’t where the pro-forma said they would be, and the investors are either walking or holding something that doesn’t cash-flow. 

This isn’t an Alberta problem. It’s a chasing-the-narrative problem. I’ve watched the same pattern in Toronto, Hamilton, Barrie — and now Calgary. 

Where the Real Opportunity Is Right Now 

Many of my recent podcast guests — active investors, builders, experienced operators — have told me the same thing. Deals are hard to come by right now. Construction costs are inflated. Property values, even in softer markets, haven’t collapsed the way some expected. The spread between what it costs to build and what you can sell or rent for has narrowed. That’s a tough environment to find a great deal in. The consistent message from those guests has been: be patient, underwrite quality, and don’t force a deal just to be in the market. 

With that context, here’s the opportunity I’d actually be paying attention to. A glut of unsold new-build inventory and small developers under real pressure — softening rents, oversupply, carrying costs, nervous lenders — is motivated-seller territory. 

Think about it. Why take on financing risk, development risk, construction risk, timing risk, and pay today’s inflated build costs — when there’s a small developer who has already carried all of that risk, has a finished building, and needs to move it? You can potentially buy turnkey, at a discount, with actual rent history and actual expense data. No pro-forma guessing. That’s a fundamentally better risk-adjusted position than buying preconstruction from a floor plan. The patient buyer with cash or pre-approved financing is the one who gets paid in this cycle. 

Story 3: FSRA’s $600,000 Penalty Against Claire Drage — and Three Lessons Every Investor Must Absorb 

The third story is the hardest one for me to write. Because it isn’t about a market or a policy — it’s about a person, and many in the Ontario real estate investing community knew her, including me. 

What FSRA Found 

On March 11th, 2026, the Financial Services Regulatory Authority of Ontario (FSRA) announced six administrative monetary penalties totalling $600,000 against Claire Drage, formerly a licensed mortgage broker in Guelph. The full release is available on FSRA’s website, and I encourage you to read it directly. 

FSRA’s findings, in their words: Drage “engaged in a prolonged and extensive pattern of misconduct, exposed investors to significant losses, failed to mitigate those losses, and derived significant economic benefit from her contraventions.” 

FSRA states she brokered hundreds of mortgages and other loans for a group of real estate developers, raising over $100 million from the investing public. The cited regulatory breaches include failing to disclose material risks, failing to disclose conflicts of interest, providing inaccurate valuations, failing to take reasonable steps to ensure mortgages were suitable, and failing to address inaccuracies in mortgage applications. The real estate companies behind those loans became insolvent and were granted CCAA creditor protection on January 23rd, 2024, exposing investors to real losses. Drage did not contest FSRA’s proposal, and the order was issued as-is. 

Why I Have to Disclose My Own History Here 

I knew Claire personally. She was a sponsor of my investor conference back in 2019. We referred clients to each other. She was, for a period, someone I considered a respected peer in this industry. 

At a certain point — years before any of this became public — something came up in my own network that concerned me. Out of fairness, and because there was a regulatory process that has only just concluded, I’m not going to get into specifics. But after that experience, I quietly made the decision to stop referring clients, and I took down the podcast episode I had recorded with her. I didn’t go public or issue a statement but I pulled back. 

I have to be honest with myself here. Almost three years passed between when I pulled back and when this all became public with the CCAA filing in January 2024. In that time, Claire continued to speak at other podcasts, sponsor other meetups, and appear at industry events. I wasn’t the gatekeeper for an entire industry. But I do sometimes ask myself whether I should have said more, sooner. It isn’t a clean answer. I had a hunch. I acted on it for myself and my direct clients but I didn’t broadcast it. Reasonable people can disagree about whether that was the right call. 

To the Investors Who Were Hurt 

Behind that one paragraph from FSRA about penalties are real people. Retail investors — often mom-and-pop lenders, sometimes retirees putting RRSP or TFSA money into what they thought was a safe, secured, first-mortgage investment — who lost money or had their capital tied up in an insolvency that may take years to resolve. 

If that’s you, I’m truly sorry. Nothing in the rest of this article is meant to lecture anyone already hurt. You did what a lot of smart, well-intentioned people did — you trusted someone licensed by the province, endorsed by the community, on stages with people you respected. That isn’t naive. That’s human. The rest of this is for everyone else who hasn’t yet made a similar decision and can still learn from what happened. 

Lesson 1 — Do Diligence on the Person, Not Just the Deal 

When you invest in a private mortgage, a syndicated mortgage, a Mortgage Investment Corporation (MIC), or any real estate syndication, you are not just investing in a property. You are investing in the people running the deal — their integrity, their processes, their disclosures, their willingness to tell you bad news when bad news happens. The property is a commodity. The operator is not. 

Concrete steps to do diligence on a person: check their licence status on the regulator’s website (FSRA for Ontario mortgage brokers, OSC for exempt market dealers). Search the regulatory enforcement database. Search their name with terms like “lawsuit,” “complaint,” “FSRA,” “OSC,” and “CCAA.” Ask for references from past investors on deals that went badly, not just deals that paid out — anyone can give you a happy reference. Ask about the deals that didn’t go well: How were they handled? How was the communication? Were losses disclosed and mitigated, or papered over? 

Pay particular attention to conflicts of interest. If the same person is the broker, the promoter, a connected party to the developer, and the recipient of transaction fees — that’s a stack of conflicts. It does not automatically disqualify the deal, but it has to be disclosed clearly and accounted for in how you size your investment. FSRA specifically cited failure to disclose conflicts of interest in this case. That isn’t a technicality. That’s the whole game. 

Lesson 2 — Private Lending Is Risk Capital, Not GIC Capital 

A lot of retail investors have been sold on private mortgages and MICs over the last decade as a “safe, secured, high-yield” alternative to GICs. That framing oversimplifies the actual risk. 

A first mortgage on real property is secured — yes. But secured against what? An appraisal value the broker provided? A property in a small town with a thin resale market? A development project where the value only materializes if construction finishes and lease-up succeeds? A borrower who may be connected to the broker arranging the loan? “Secured” is not the same as “safe,” and “high yield” exists for a reason: it is compensation for risk that’s real, even if you can’t see it on the pitch deck. 

When these deals go bad, they don’t go gently. They tend to go via CCAA filings or receiverships, and by the time you hear about it your capital is frozen for years while lawyers work through the priority stack. That isn’t a bond. It’s a fundamentally different risk profile, and it has to be sized in your portfolio accordingly. 

Well-structured private lending, with a trustworthy operator, genuine arm’s-length underwriting, and a property in a liquid market, absolutely has a place in a portfolio. What it doesn’t have is a place in your GIC bucket. If losing it would be devastating, it doesn’t belong here. 

Lesson 3 — Trust Your Gut, and Act on It 

When something feels off, act on it. Don’t wait for proof. Don’t wait for the regulator to catch up. Don’t wait until you can articulate the concern well enough to convince other people. Just protect your people. 

I pulled back years before any of this was public. I had no proof — just a hunch from one interaction that didn’t sit right with me. A lot of voices in our industry would have told me I was being paranoid, being unfair, burning a bridge with a successful operator for no reason. I pulled back anyway. Today I don’t regret that — I only regret not being louder about it earlier. 

If you’re a referrer — a realtor, a planner, a coach, a podcaster — the people who trust you are extending your reputation to the people you refer them to. That is a real responsibility. The stage someone stands on, the sponsorships they buy, the podcasts they appear on — those things confer credibility. All of us in this industry who platform people owe our audiences more diligence than we often do. 

The Common Thread 

Three stories. One thread. Ontario’s HST rebate surge is real but narrower for investors than the headlines suggest, and the investor cutoff has already passed. Alberta’s structural case is still intact, but the short-term picture is softer than the pitch decks say, and the real opportunity is patient capital buying turnkey from motivated sellers — not chasing preconstruction. And the FSRA ruling on Claire Drage is a reminder that in this industry, the people pitching you a deal deserve at least as much diligence as the deal itself. 

The headline is never the whole story. The loudest voices in a market are rarely the most informed. Your job as an investor is to do your own work — check the numbers, check the operator, trust your gut, underwrite on what is actually happening, not what a spreadsheet says could happen. 

Want Help Working Through This? 

If you’re trying to figure out whether to hold an Ontario rental, exit into Alberta, redeploy into the U.S., or stress-test a private lending position someone just pitched you — that’s exactly the conversation we have at iWIN Wealth Planning every week. 

I built this practice with my wife Cherry — a CPA who specializes in real estate tax — so our clients don’t have to navigate decisions like these alone, based on whoever had the shiniest pitch at the last meetup. We bring together real estate strategy, U.S. investment access through SHARE, tax planning, and estate and insurance planning into one coordinated plan. 

Reach out through iWIN Wealth Planning to start the conversation. 

Listen to the Full Episode 

The full audio version of this analysis is available on this week’s episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians.

🎧 Listen here

Until next week — invest wisely. 

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-hst-rebate-surge-alberta-cracks-%24600k-fsra/id1100488294?i=1000763729945

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Ontario-HST-Rebate-SURGE–Alberta-CRACKS–600K-FSRA-Fine–Canadian-Real-Estate-2026-e3ie90u

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/cce7c607-9892-4548-b23a-dfa531d911db/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-hst-rebate-surge-alberta-cracks-600k-fsra-fine-canadian-real-estate-2026

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GYMKW9HY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ibBWxozAre8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-23-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-27 17:24:462026-04-27 17:24:49The $600,000 Penalty. Why I recommend against Private Lending

The landlord toolkit for 2026: tenant screening, AI reference checks, and the Alberta opportunity

April 20, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

SingleKey’s Mackenzie Wilson breaks down what every Canadian landlord needs to know right now — and shares product features that haven’t even launched yet.

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Mackenzie Wilson

Before we get into this week’s episode, I want to share something that stuck with me.

My family attended a talk last week by Shannon Lee Simmons — CFP, bestselling author of Making Bank, and founder of the New School of Finance. The talk was put on by EO Toronto and I brought my kids. Shannon shared that many of the teenagers she works with have already given up on their financial futures. Housing feels unaffordable. Jobs are hard to find. The confidence just isn’t there.

That hit hard. But Cherry and I aren’t waiting for anyone to fix this for our kids. Our son is already working at our events earning a real wage. Our daughter starts bookkeeping for us this summer. They’re learning money, learning job skills — and yes, Dad gets a tax deduction. The point is: you fight financial despair with action, not sympathy.

Shannon also noted that because the future feels bleak, young people aren’t investing — they’re speculating. Sports betting, high-risk crypto, gambling. The casino didn’t get big by making people wealthy. The answer hasn’t changed: repeatable, boring, proven investing. That’s why this podcast exists.

Which brings me to this week’s guest.

Who is Mackenzie Wilson?

Mackenzie Wilson is Head of Business Development at SingleKey — Canada’s leading tenant screening and landlord risk management platform. He’s also an active real estate investor in Calgary, founder of the Alberta Landlord Community (5,000+ members, the largest landlord-only Facebook group in the province), and co-owner of Everway Legal Support, an eviction and process serving business operating across Canada.

We covered a lot of ground — here are the highlights.

What’s happening in Alberta right now

Alberta has been a darling of Canadian real estate investors for good reason: no rent control, business-friendly legislation, and strong population growth. But the picture is getting more nuanced.

Mackenzie shared that new build starts have been strong across the province — but CMHC’s MLI Select lending requirements have tightened significantly. Projects that started two years ago are finishing now with different rules than they were underwritten under. Developers are being asked to put in an additional $50,000 to $150,000 per deal at closing. And with rents coming in below original projections, some of those developers are becoming motivated sellers.

My take: rather than starting a development from scratch, it may make more sense to buy a distressed MLI Select project from a motivated seller — at a discount — than to go through the full development process yourself. The hard work is already done.

Calgary is also facing a new wrinkle: the city is reversing its blanket rezoning policy, making it harder to get permits on missing middle infill development. Mackenzie pointed out that even under the old blanket zoning, only about 15–25% of available properties actually pencilled out once you applied all the real constraints — lot size, setbacks, square footage minimums, and economics. The political backlash against densification is real, but the actual impact on supply is often misunderstood.

ATB’s latest GDP forecast for Alberta was revised upward — partly because of elevated global oil prices tied to the Strait of Hormuz situation. If you’re invested in Alberta real estate or Canadian energy, that’s a tailwind worth watching.

The SingleKey product suite — what landlords actually need

If you’re a landlord in Canada and you’re not using some form of tenant screening software, you’re taking on unnecessary risk. Mackenzie walked through everything SingleKey offers:

Tenant screening

SingleKey connects directly with Equifax and TransUnion for credit checks, searches the RCMP serious offender and sex offender database, pulls eviction data from provinces that make it available online, and cross-references with OpenRoom — a crowdsourced eviction database where landlords upload their LTB judgments. Everything runs from one application. No re-entering data, no manual credit check requests.

One feature I particularly like: SingleKey generates a shareable QR code for each rental listing. A serious tenant can scan it at the showing and complete the full application on their phone in the living room. The days of paper clipboards aren’t missed.

Tenant insurance

SingleKey can send a tenant an insurance invite at any point — new tenancy, existing tenancy, month-to-month. If the tenant uses SingleKey’s provider (through Walnut), you can mandate a minimum $2 million liability policy that the tenant cannot remove. And critically: if that policy is ever cancelled, you get automatically notified. You won’t know why — privacy prevents that — but you’ll know it happened, and you can get ahead of it before things go sideways.

Rent collection

Both pre-authorized debit (automated pull, slower — up to five to seven business days) and interactive e-transfer (faster, tenant-initiated) are available. Pros and cons to each, but both reduce the friction of chasing rent every month.

Digital lease signing

Now available across Canada (except Quebec and Nova Scotia, which require government-issued leases). You can embed conditions directly into the signing flow — including making tenant insurance a mandatory step before the tenant can sign the lease. That’s a powerful way to set the right foundation from day one.

The biggest new feature: AI-powered automated reference checks

This was the highlight of the episode — and we did a live demo on the show.

Mackenzie shared a stat that floored me: in a survey of landlords, 76% said they receive reference check calls from other landlords less than 10% of the time. I’ve always called references on every single tenant. Mackenzie does too. We’re apparently in the 1%.

The reason most landlords don’t do it: it’s awkward, time-consuming, and doesn’t scale. Getting through to someone, leaving voicemails, following up — it can eat 40 minutes of your day per application. Multiply that across multiple applicants and it’s a real problem.

SingleKey has been running an AI voice agent that automates this entire process. After 400 test calls, it’s achieving an 88% completion rate on full reference interviews. The agent calls the previous landlord, asks a structured set of open-ended questions — lease term, rental amount, payment history, pets, lease breaches, criminal record, and the key one: would you rent to this person again? — and delivers a PDF summary plus the full call recording.

The open-ended question format matters. If you just ask “was this a good tenant?”, you’re cueing up a yes/no that a fake reference can easily fake. When you ask “what was the rental amount?”, “when exactly did the tenancy start and end?”, and “can you describe the pets?” — you’re requiring the reference to have actual knowledge of the tenancy. A fake reference usually doesn’t.

We actually ran a live demo during the episode. I answered as a previous landlord for a fictional tenant named “John Tennant” at 123 Sesame Street, Edmonton, Alberta. The AI handled an incomplete address, asked follow-up questions, adapted to my answers in real time, and wrapped up the full interview in under two minutes. It was genuinely impressive.

Mackenzie’s point on the broader picture: this isn’t automating a job someone was doing — 76% of landlords weren’t doing it at all. This is adding a layer of due diligence that simply didn’t exist before, at a cost and time commitment that makes it viable at scale.

Vacancy rates and what they mean for Ontario landlords

Vacancy rates are rising across Ontario. Mackenzie noted they’re being reported at around 5% in some markets, and likely higher given data lag. Part of the reason: properties that were listed for sale are now coming back onto the rental market as sellers can’t find buyers at the prices they need. More rental supply means more competition for tenants — which is good for renters and harder for landlords.

For Ontario landlords specifically, the lesson is clear: tenant quality matters more than ever. A vacant unit is painful. A bad tenant in Ontario — where LTB timelines can stretch six months or more — is potentially catastrophic. Tools like SingleKey aren’t a nice-to-have anymore. They’re part of operating responsibly.

Bottom line

Canadian real estate is getting more complex. CMHC is tighter. Rents are softer in some markets. Vacancy is rising in Ontario. And fraudulent rental applications are getting easier to fake with AI tools — which makes verified, third-party screening even more important.

SingleKey’s suite — credit checks, eviction searches, insurance, digital leases, rent collection, and now automated AI reference checks — is the most comprehensive landlord toolkit I’ve seen in Canada. If you own rental properties, there’s no reason not to have a free account.

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-landlord-horror-story-7-months-no-rent-vs-albertas/id1100488294?i=1000762395164

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Ontario-Landlord-Horror-Story-7-Months-No-Rent-vs-Albertas-30-Day-Eviction-e3i2lqu 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/215551c4-6f72-4715-81fb-34cf6084cef7/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-landlord-horror-story-7-months-no-rent-vs-alberta%27s-30-day-eviction

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GXW87LXN?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/fcsdT3DM7XI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-22.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-20 13:20:562026-04-20 13:21:00The landlord toolkit for 2026: tenant screening, AI reference checks, and the Alberta opportunity

Two Things Drive Real Estate Prices: How is Canada Doing?

April 9, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

I read the news every day. Not because I enjoy it — because I have to. Wayne Gretzky said it best: skate to where the puck is going, not where it has been. If I do not understand what is happening in the world, I cannot make good decisions for my portfolio or my clients. 

This past weekend I presented at the iWIN Wealth Summit — a client-only event — and shared the research I have been tracking closely. This is my full breakdown, updated for the podcast. 

The short version: Canada is facing real economic headwinds. The data is not great. But the investors who understand where things are going — not where they were — are already positioning themselves. Here is what I am watching and what I am doing. 

First Question to Ask Yourself Right Now 

Before anything else: how busy do you want to be? 

In my experience working with Ontario real estate investors over many years, the majority are overworked. Very few active landlords are genuinely enjoying the experience. Life is short. My investing philosophy — and what I advise my clients on — is to own real estate as passively as possible so that you can spend more time with the people who matter most to you. 

That principle shapes everything that follows. 

What Actually Drives Real Estate Prices 

Two things: a growing population with rising incomes, and a growing economy. They are connected — a strong economy attracts more people, more people compete for the same properties, and prices rise. 

Real estate is also what I call a hard investment. Hard means hard to reproduce. Gold is rising in value for the same reason — you cannot manufacture more of it. Land works the same way. Nobody is creating more of it. That is why I have always preferred land-based properties for myself and my clients over condominiums, where there is essentially unlimited sky to keep building. 

So the question becomes: where are we seeing population growth and rising incomes? Because that is where prices will go. 

Canada: The Data Is Not Good 

Canada’s population declined by approximately 102,000 people in calendar year 2025. That is the first significant quarterly population decline on record since 1946. That is not a blip. 

Economic growth projections for Canada in 2026 were already modest — 1.1 to 1.7 percent — and that was before the Iran war and the latest round of tariff uncertainty. TD Economics and Desjardins have both warned that inflation could climb back to 3 percent or higher due to rising oil prices triggered by the conflict. 

Scotiabank is now predicting three Bank of Canada rate increases in 2026 if the war persists. The five-year Canadian bond yield — which drives five-year fixed mortgage rates — has been climbing since the war began at the end of February. The five-year fixed rate has already moved from approximately 3.79 percent to around 4.09 percent. 

My wife and I saw this coming. We had two mortgage renewals and locked both in — one at 3.75 percent and one at 3.85 percent, both three-year fixed. We still carry variable rate mortgages on other properties, but for the ones we have no plans to sell, locking in made sense. Based on our current variable rate, just two Bank of Canada increases would put us behind on those properties. 

The Canadian Job Market: A Structural Shift 

Canada lost 84,000 jobs in February. That number alone is alarming. But the composition of those losses matters even more than the total. 

The losses are concentrated in full-time, private-sector, white-collar work: 

  • Software jobs: down approximately 18% 
  • Finance and accounting: down approximately 18% 
  • HR and business services: down approximately 13% 

Where is the job growth happening? Retail. Food services. Manual and blue-collar roles. 

This is a structural shift, not a temporary dip. Business investment is weak. The tax and regulatory environment is pushing entrepreneurs to the United States and Europe. Skilled immigrants — the people Canada has spent years attracting — are leaving. We are moving from high-productivity, high-income work toward lower-wage service employment. 

What does this mean for real estate investors? Lower incomes compress housing prices. Fewer people will own. More will rent. For landlords, that stabilizes and eventually raises rents. But it also means we cannot count on appreciation to carry our returns — we need stronger cash flow from day one for an investment to make sense. 

US Midterms: Why Canadian Investors Should Be Paying Attention 

The 2026 US midterm elections are this November. They will determine who controls Congress. And right now, the betting markets — I track Polymarket, not polls — are showing a clear trend: the Republican Party’s odds of holding the Senate have been declining steadily. 

If the Democrats win and Trump’s party loses control of Congress, two things become likely: first, the Democrats would push hard for full tariff exemptions on Canadian goods, though Trump retains presidential veto power. Second, they would likely restrict funding for the Iran war, which could ease oil prices and reduce inflation pressure. 

Reduced tariffs and lower inflation would be a meaningful win for both the US and Canadian economies. Our economy needs all the help it can get. 

Where I Am Putting My Own Money: Texas 

I already have an investment property in Texas. And the more I research, the more convinced I am that this is where the puck is going. 

When the situation in Venezuela escalated and the US moved to restrict Venezuelan oil, I started tracing who benefits from that supply disruption. The answer: Texas Gulf Coast refineries. They are uniquely engineered to process Venezuelan heavy crude. Texas is energy-friendly, it is coastal, and it is positioned to capture more of that supply. 

Then Elon Musk announced a $25 billion TeraFab investment in Texas — one of the largest private investments in the state’s history. The facility will build critical AI and aerospace supply chains domestically for Tesla and SpaceX, both headquartered in Texas. New manufacturing draws feeder companies and material suppliers. The ripple effects across the local economy are significant. 

The direct job creation: approximately 10,000 high-paying positions for AI researchers, semiconductor engineers, lithography specialists, and fab operators. These are exactly the kinds of workers who drive demand for housing. Growing population. Rising incomes. Growing economy. That is the formula. 

“I skate to where the puck is going to be, not where it has been. “ 

Wayne Gretzky

Canada is not producing those conditions right now. Texas is. That is not a political statement — it is a math statement. And I invest accordingly. 

What This Means for Your Portfolio 

None of this means Canadian real estate is over. Land-based properties in solid Ontario markets still have long-term merit and strong rental demand from people who cannot afford to buy. But the easy appreciation years are behind us for now, and the investors still waiting for 2021 to come back are going to keep waiting. 

The investors I see doing well right now are the ones asking the right question: given the environment, how do I build real cash flow, stay as passive as possible, and position for where the economy is actually going? 

That is the conversation I want to be having. If you want to go deeper on any of this — the Texas opportunity, the Canadian macro picture, or building a more passive portfolio — reply to this email or book a call with the iWIN team. My DMs are open. 

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/canada-is-losing-jobs-and-population-here-is-where-i/id1100488294?i=1000760455746

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Canada-Is-Losing-Jobs-and-Population–Here-Is-Where-I-Am-Investing-Instead-e3hl9en 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/32032c6c-219e-45a2-bad0-94e93adbddd9/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-canada-is-losing-jobs-and-population-here-is-where-i-am-investing-instead

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GWMXM94V?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/2GiABPa9vo8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-21.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-09 13:49:212026-04-09 13:49:25Two Things Drive Real Estate Prices: How is Canada Doing?

Rent-to-Own 1.0 Is Dead. The Woman Who Helped Nearly 1,000 Families Buy Homes Just Replaced It

April 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Rachel Oliver

Rachel Oliver has been in rent-to-own since 2010. She and her husband Neil have run one of the only dedicated rent-to-own companies in Canada — operating in Ontario and Alberta — and they have helped nearly 1,000 families get into home ownership. 

She has also watched most of her competition disappear. 

The market downturn did not just slow rent-to-own down. It broke the original model entirely. Rachel knows this better than anyone — because she built that model, saw it work spectacularly for years, and then watched it fail when the conditions changed. 

Her conclusion: Rent-to-Own 1.0 is retired. And what replaced it is worth paying attention to. 

Why Rachel Got Into This in the First Place 

Rachel’s entry into real estate investing was not strategic. It was survival. 

She was diagnosed with cancer during her first maternity leave. Already squeezed financially from being on mat leave, the year that followed — running from treatment to treatment, needing childcare for 50 percent of each day — drained the budget her husband had carefully built. His full-time income was not enough. 

What saved them was the equity in their home. A small Ajax house they had bought from Tridel builder. By the time they took occupancy, the value had already climbed from where they signed. That equity let them stay on top of their bills and rebuild. 

“I took that away and realized there are so many families that struggle through their personal setbacks — and if you do not have the stability of home ownership, it is really hard to rebound.” 

That is the mission Rachel and Neil have been on ever since. Not just building wealth — enabling other families to have the same stability she had when she needed it most. 

The Rent-to-Own Model — What It Was 

The original model was straightforward. An investor buys a property. A future homeowner moves in, pays a monthly amount that covers the carrying costs plus a forced savings component called an option credit. At the end of a set term — typically four years — the future owner exits by purchasing the property at a pre-agreed price. 

In a rising market, it worked beautifully. The pre-set exit price, typically based on 4 percent annualized appreciation, was usually below what the property was actually worth by exit. Tenants walked away with equity. Investors collected passive cash flow and a capital gain. Almost nobody had a losing scenario. 

Then the market reversed. 

Why 1.0 Failed 

Two things broke at the same time. First, COVID changed tenant behaviour. The option credit — the forced savings portion stacked on top of rent — is optional in a legal sense. When financial stress hit, tenants stopped paying it. Without enough saved for a down payment, they could not qualify to close. 

Second, valuations stopped cooperating. In roughly 50 percent of markets in 2022 and 2023, properties were appraised below the exit price that had been set years earlier using historical growth rates. Tenants who could afford to close did not want to. They were being asked to pay above market value. 

“Rent-to-Own falls apart when the tenant looks at the exit price and says — you set me up in a deal where I am overpaying for a property.” 

Rachel is not defensive about it. The prices were set with the best intentions and the historical data to back it. The market just did not cooperate. The honest answer is that a model built on a locked-in future price has a structural weakness when appreciation stops. 

She extended deals and, negotiated splits — tenant pays an extra $10,000, investor drops by $10,000. She also found the workarounds. But she also recognized that workarounds are not a business model. 

🎙️ Listen to the full podcast

Rent-to-Own 2.0: What Changed 

The locked-in exit price is gone. That is the core change. 

In Rent-to-Own 2.0, the future owner and investor enter an equity sharing arrangement. The future owner comes in with a 5 percent down payment — on a $630,000 property that is $31,500 of their capital offsetting the investor’s out-of-pocket costs, bringing effective loan-to-value to 85 percent. They pay the carrying costs each month. At exit, the property is appraised at fair market value. Both parties share in the outcome. 

The investor gets the lion’s share because they carry the mortgage and the title. The future owner gets a proportionate share based on how much they brought into the deal. The more capital they commit, the more negotiating power they have on the equity split. 

The deal Rachel walked through on air: a four-bedroom, three-bathroom renovated home in Orangeville, purchased at $630,000 at a 5.34 percent interest rate. Cash flow to the investor after all expenses: $800 per month from day one. 

“Where are you getting double-digit returns with $800 monthly cash flow in a flat market? I will do those deals all day long.” 

If the property stays flat over four years, the investor still earns a double-digit annualized return from cash flow and mortgage pay-down alone. If values climb by 5 percent, that $31,500 initial contribution from the future owner grows to approximately $50,000 — a meaningful outcome for a family that could not otherwise access the market. 

What Makes the Tenant Different 

Rachel’s most compelling argument for rent-to-own as a passive investment strategy is the tenant profile. These are not renters. They are future owners with real money in the deal. 

Out of roughly 75 to 80 live deals during the most turbulent period of COVID, Rachel had one non-payment that dragged to an eight-month eviction process. One. The rest negotiated, adjusted, and stayed invested in their outcome. 

The property maintenance responsibility sits entirely with the future owner. No landlord calls. No repairs billed to the investor. The investor holds title, collects cash flow, and waits for the exit. 

Rachel’s framing: if your goal is passive income with low headache and a tenant who behaves like an owner — this is the structure that gets you there. 

Who This Strategy Is For 

Rachel is clear that rent-to-own in any form is not for everyone. You need to qualify for an investment property mortgage at 20 percent down. You need to be comfortable with a multi-year hold. And you need to stop comparing today’s market to what it looked like five years ago. 

She made this point directly: investors who have never been through the boom years tend to be more optimistic about what today offers. Investors who lived through 2021 are still lamenting what they lost. The ones getting deals done right now are the ones who decided to stop comparing. 

“You cannot have it both ways. You cannot have aggressive appreciation and low prices and low interest rates all at once.” 

Rachel’s own portfolio has declined in net worth on paper. She is not hiding from that. But she is also cash flowing, carrying land-based properties that she can sell when she needs to, and building a business that has now survived 16 years of every kind of market cycle. 

Final Thought 

Rachel closed with a quote that stuck: “Look where the puck is going versus cranking your neck to see where it was before. Even if it seems like the puck is not going in the right direction — eventually you will score a goal.” 

The families still waiting on the sideline for the market they remember are waiting for something that is not coming back. The ones getting into homes today — through Rent-to-Own 2.0 or otherwise — are building equity while everyone else waits. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/rent-to-own-1-0-is-dead-here-is-what-replaced-it/id1100488294?i=1000759766412

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Rent-to-Own-1-0-Is-Dead–Here-Is-What-Replaced-It-e3hgaat 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/6aba9d28-d87a-4286-9d79-c0112a7dbd8a/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-rent-to-own-1-0-is-dead-here-is-what-replaced-it

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GW8JNWDG?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T4BPVqWzREI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-20-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-06 18:34:102026-04-06 18:34:13Rent-to-Own 1.0 Is Dead. The Woman Who Helped Nearly 1,000 Families Buy Homes Just Replaced It

The Dark Side of Scaling Real Estate: Avoiding the Tenant Trap, Surviving Market Crashes, and Knowing When to Fold ‘Em 

March 25, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Russell Westcott

I often joke that it’s pretty funny I’m an Ontario Realtor who actively tells people not to buy investment properties here. But anyone who has followed me or Cherry knows we only care about the math and keeping things boring. We want cash flow, and we want to actually enjoy our lives without the Landlord and Tenant Board giving us early gray hairs. 

This week on the show, we have an absolute legend and a good friend, Russell Westcott. Russell is the bestselling co-author of Real Estate Joint Ventures, a veteran with over 26 years in the game, and one of the very few coaches in Canada I actually recommend. 

Russell has survived multiple market cycles, but recently, he survived something much scarier. We get raw and real in this episode about market corrections, the “B-word” (bankruptcy), and why he has pivoted entirely to developing multi-family properties in Edmonton. 

Here is what you need to know to protect yourself in 2026. 

The Physical Cost of Real Estate Stress 

Before we discussed the market, Russell shared a terrifying wake-up call. He started experiencing severe calf pain and shortness of breath, which he initially tried to just “tough out”. Thankfully, his wife forced him to go to urgent care, where they discovered he had blood clots in his lungs—a pulmonary embolism. 

It is a stark reminder: the stress of carrying heavy debt and dealing with tenant issues can take a massive physical toll. No amount of portfolio scale is worth dying for. If your investments are destroying your peace of mind and physical health, it is time to re-evaluate your strategy. 

The Survival Spectrum: Pruning vs. Bankruptcy 

If you are currently bleeding cash every month, Russell lays out a survival spectrum. 

On one end, you can hunker down, tighten your belt, drastically cut your expenses, and work a separate job just to put groceries on the table while you ride out the market for the next decade. 

On the other end of the spectrum, sometimes you simply need to rip the plaster off and consider declaring corporate or personal bankruptcy. There is a lot of social judgment around bankruptcy, but if market conditions have drastically changed and you are drowning, it is a legal business tool to wipe the slate clean and start over. 

For most people, the solution lies somewhere in the middle: pruning your portfolio. Russell recommends ruthlessly ranking your properties into the “good, the bad, and the ugly”. Sometimes, you have to make the painful decision to sell a good, liquid property just to free up the capital necessary to dump the ugly ones that are dragging you down. 

The Pre-Con Market: The Python and the Pig 

If you are looking at the condo markets in BC or Ontario right now, be warned. Russell compares the current pre-construction condo crisis to a “python devouring a pig”. 

Investors bought boxes in the sky for $1.2 million, banking on short-term rentals to make the numbers work. Then, municipalities pulled the rug out and banned short-term rentals, forcing investors to rent them out long-term for $4,500 a month, leaving them massively cash-flow negative. The market python has to slowly digest all of this overpriced inventory before things stabilize. 

The Edmonton Comeback and the “Lazy” Investor 

Russell isn’t out of the game; he just pivoted to where the fundamentals make sense. He is currently executing a “hybrid model” in Edmonton, Alberta, building 6-to-25 unit infill developments. He finds the land, underwrites the deal, and raises the capital, but he partners with a 4th-generation home builder on a cost-plus basis to handle the physical construction. This keeps him lean and protects him from the liability of managing trades directly. 

But what if you don’t want to develop? What is left for the everyday, “lazy” investor who works a 9-to-5? Russell outlines three passive options: 

  1. The Joint Venture: Find an operator you trust with a proven track record, provide the capital, and let them do the heavy lifting. 
  1. Hire a “Sherpa”: Pay a consultant to guide you through a development build, then hand the keys to a property manager. 
  1. The Boring Play: Buy a simple side-by-side duplex or townhouse in a landlord-friendly market, hand it to a competent property manager, and just review your statements once a month. 
🎙️ Listen to the full episode to hear the rest of our conversation

To connect with Russell or inquire about his consulting services, visit [russellwestcott.com]. 

10 Questions Answered on Real Estate Market Downturns, Bankruptcy, and Passive Investing 

1. What happens if my investment properties are losing money every month? 

Investors have a spectrum of choices. You can “hunker down” by drastically cutting your personal expenses and working a day job to subsidize the negative cash flow. Alternatively, you can restructure, sell performing assets to cover the losses of bad ones, or even consider bankruptcy to wipe the slate clean and start over. 

2. Is declaring bankruptcy an option for real estate investors? 

Yes. While there is a lot of social judgment surrounding it, bankruptcy is a legal business tool. If market conditions have changed drastically and the debt burden is unmanageable, filing for corporate or personal bankruptcy might be the most logical way to stop the bleeding and restart your financial life. 

3. How do you decide which investment properties to sell in a bad market? 

Russell Westcott recommends categorising your entire portfolio into the “good, the bad, and the ugly.” Sometimes, you must sell a “good,” highly liquid property to free up the cash required to cover the losses of the “ugly” properties, allowing you to prune your portfolio and survive the downturn. 

4. What is the “Python and the Pig” analogy in the real estate market? 

Russell uses the analogy of a “python devouring a pig” to describe the current pre-construction condo market. A massive amount of overpriced inventory (the pig) was swallowed by the market, and it will take a long time for the system to fully digest it before prices and demand can stabilize. 

5. Why are pre-construction condo investors losing money? 

Many investors purchased expensive condos (e.g., $1.2 million) with the intention of operating them as highly lucrative short-term rentals. However, massive regulatory changes banned short-term rentals in many areas, forcing investors to rent them out long-term at rates that do not cover their massive mortgages. 

6. How does stress from real estate investing affect your health? 

The stress of scaling a portfolio, managing bad debt, and dealing with negative cash flow can take a severe physical toll. Russell Westcott experienced a major health scare with blood clots in his lungs (a pulmonary embolism), emphasizing that no amount of real estate wealth matters if you ignore your physical health to build it. 

7. What is a “0%-down real estate” alternative for passive investors? 

Many investors are moving toward properly leveraged stock market investments (like segregated or index funds). This mimics the leverage used in real estate investing, where returns can exceed the cost of borrowing (e.g., a 5.2% tax-deductible interest rate), but it completely eliminates the operational headaches of tenants, toilets, and appliance repairs. 

8. What is the “hybrid model” for real estate development? 

Instead of hiring trades and managing construction directly, the hybrid model involves the investor finding the land, underwriting the business case, and raising the capital. They then partner with an established, multi-generational local home builder on a “cost-plus” basis to physically construct the building, significantly reducing the investor’s operational risk. 

9. What does a “Sherpa” do in real estate investing? 

A real estate “Sherpa” acts as a consultant and guide for passive investors who want to execute complex projects, like small-tier multi-family developments. They help you structure the deal and build the asset, which you can then hand over to a property manager to operate. 

10. What is the best strategy for a passive or “lazy” real estate investor today? 

If you do not want to develop or manage properties, the ultimate passive strategy is to buy a simple side-by-side duplex or a townhouse in a landlord-friendly market, hand the keys to a highly trusted property manager, and simply review your statements once a month. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/best-selling-rei-author-about-lows-of-near/id1100488294?i=1000757263915

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Best-Selling-REI-Author-About-Lows-Of-Near-Bankruptcy-and-Recovery-to-Leading-Developer-e3gmrkj 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ccaf1515-6382-4aee-8eff-984a7500ff41/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-best-selling-rei-author-about-lows-of-near-bankruptcy-and-recovery-to-leading-developer

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T4BPVqWzREI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-19-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-25 16:52:232026-03-25 16:52:26The Dark Side of Scaling Real Estate: Avoiding the Tenant Trap, Surviving Market Crashes, and Knowing When to Fold ‘Em 

The Toronto Build Strategy That Skips Development Charges — and Most Investors Still Don’t Know About It 

March 18, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Andy Tran

Andy Tran has been building things in Ontario for over a decade. He’s done basement conversions, garden suites, a 60-unit student residence in Hamilton he eventually sold, and everything in between. 

His conclusion after all of it: you don’t have to build big to do well. In fact, in 2026, the most powerful move available to Ontario investors might be the smallest one on the scale — the 4+1 or 6+1 unit build in Toronto. 

Andy calls it the sweet spot. Here’s why it works. 

The Problem With the Market Right Now 

New home sales in January 2026 hit their lowest level in roughly 30 years — around 270 sales. Housing starts are a lagging indicator, but the pipeline is nearly empty. Traditional builders aren’t moving because development charges make the numbers impossible. 

The result: a supply crunch is quietly building. Rents are soft now, but the math on what’s coming — especially in three to four years — is hard to argue with. 

“When you look at the last 25 years with real estate going up 7%, that’s in lockstep with money supply. It’s not going to be a straight line, but at some point it will pick back up.” 

The question isn’t whether to invest. It’s what to build, and where. 

Why 4+1 and 6+1 Are the Sweet Spot 

Ontario’s missing middle zoning changes opened the door to multi-unit builds on single-family lots — but not all unit counts are equal. Andy’s sweet spot is the 4+1 (four units plus a garden suite) and the 6+1 (six units plus one). 

The reason comes down to three advantages that stack on top of each other: 

  • No development charges. Six-plus units are exempt from development charges — the single biggest cost that makes traditional development unworkable right now. 
  • As-of-right construction. These builds qualify as-of-right, meaning no special city approvals, variances, or committee hearings. 
  • Commercial financing. Five or more units opens access to MLI Select — CMHC’s commercial financing program with highly favorable terms. 

Ten-unit builds get the site plan approval exemption but lose the development charge exemption. For most mom-and-pop investors, Andy says four-plus-one or six-plus-one is the better trade-off. 

Why Toronto Specifically 

Andy makes the case for Toronto over Hamilton, Oshawa, or other secondary markets that many Ontario investors have used for the past decade. 

Toronto eliminated its floor space index (FSI), meaning you can build larger structures with minimal setbacks — reducing per-square-foot cost. The tenant profile is stronger: professional, higher income, lower conflict. And the city, despite all its bureaucratic quirks, is actively leading the missing middle push. 

The most compelling angle is for immigrant families. Andy’s strategy targets three-bedroom units near high-ranking schools in Etobicoke, Scarborough, and East York — exactly the product that isn’t being built anywhere else. 

“If you’re building three-bedroom units near a good elementary, middle, and high school — how valuable is that to an immigrant family that wants to settle and own?” 

An investor could build a six-unit building, condominiumize it, and sell individual units to families who want ownership but can’t afford a $1.2M townhouse. The Mortimer project in Toronto did exactly this, with units selling at $1M+ each in 2023. 

Who This Strategy Is For 

Andy breaks the investor pool into two groups: 

Equity builders — younger investors growing their net worth who are better off buying existing tenanted duplexes in secondary markets and accumulating. Don’t build — buy. 

Cashflow seekers — investors in their 50s and 60s who have equity, don’t want to sell in a down market, but want income. They have a big backyard or a property that can support a build. For them, adding a $300K garden suite to get $3,000/month in rent makes complete sense. 

The key is knowing which avatar you are before you act. 

How Passive Can This Be? 

Very — if you build the right team. 

Andy’s firm, Suite Additions, handles design and permitting. You find the property (or a realtor who understands missing middle), hire a Tarion-registered builder, and find a lender familiar with MLI Select. Andy’s office navigates the city so you don’t have to. 

“We take the beating from the city so you don’t have to.” 

For investors who want to go even more passive, there are GP/LP joint ventures and REITs now entering the missing middle space. The more hands-off, the lower the return — but the optionality exists. 

Andy also recommends downloading the Ontario Missing Middle Toolkit — a free 30-page guide his team built from scratch covering contractors, planners, financing, and city processes. Available at suiteadditions.com. https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Build-6-Units-in-Toronto-and-Pay-Zero-Development-Charges-e3gke47/a-acho5ab

🎧Listen to the full episode here

10 Questions Answered on Missing Middle Real Estate and Development in 2026 

1. What is the “sweet spot” for real estate development in Toronto? 

Andy Tran defines the “sweet spot” as building 4+1 or 6+1 units (four or six primary units plus a garden suite).These configurations are permitted “as of right” and are completely exempt from massive development charges. 

2. Why should investors avoid building 10-unit properties in Toronto? 

While 10-unit builds are exempt from lengthy site plan approvals, they lose the crucial development charge exemption. For small-to-medium investors, paying development charges on 10 units destroys the profitability of the project. 

3. Why is Toronto a better market for multi-unit builds than secondary cities? 

Toronto eliminated its floor space index (FSI), allowing developers to build larger structures with minimal setbacks. Additionally, the tenant profile in Toronto is typically stronger, professional, and lower-conflict compared to secondary markets. 

4. What type of housing is in the highest demand for new immigrant families? 

Immigrant families want ownership and space. They are looking for three-bedroom units near high-ranking schools in areas like Scarborough and East York. Because condo developers generally do not build three-bedroom suites, there is a massive supply gap. 

5. Can you sever and sell individual units in a 6+1 multiplex? 

Yes. Investors can build a six-unit building and “condominiumize” it—creating separate legal titles for each unit. These units can then be sold individually for $700,000 to $1,000,000 to families who cannot afford a traditional townhouse. 

6. Should young investors build garden suites to grow their equity? 

According to Andy, younger “equity builders” are usually better off buying existing, tenanted duplexes in secondary markets to accumulate wealth, rather than taking on the high capital costs and risks of new construction. 

7. Who benefits the most from adding a garden suite in 2026? 

“Cashflow seekers”—typically investors in their 50s and 60s who already have significant equity in their properties. They can invest approximately $300,000 to build a garden suite that yields $3,000 a month in steady rental incom. 

8. What is CMHC MLI Select financing, and is it hard to get? 

MLI Select offers highly favourable commercial financing with amortizations up to 45 or 50 years. However, CMHC is increasingly favouring new construction over conversions, and making it much harder to qualify unless strict accessibility and energy efficiency targets are met. 

9. Do you need to deal with the city to build a multiplex or garden suite? 

No. Investors can hire architectural design firms like Suite Additions to handle all the design, permitting, and municipal bureaucracy. They navigate the red tape and hand you a permit ready for a Tarion builder. 

10. How much capital is required to build a tear-down multiplex in Toronto? 

For a project that involves tearing down an old property and building a new multiplex with a garden suite, investors should expect capital requirements to range between $800,000 and $1.5 million. 

🎧Listen to the full episode here

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team. Apply here.

Connect with Andy 

Andy Tran is the founder of Suite Additions, an architectural design firm specializing in missing middle housing across Ontario. 

Website: suiteadditions.com — including the free Ontario Missing Middle Toolkit 

YouTube: suiteadditions 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/build-6-units-in-toronto-and-pay-zero-development-charges/id1100488294?i=1000755965117

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Build-6-Units-in-Toronto-and-Pay-Zero-Development-Charges-e3gke47 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/cab94d83-557e-4615-a080-5605b05c8c40/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-build-6-units-in-toronto-and-pay-zero-development-charges

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GSZYL4QT?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/gZw7xMmxqrI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-18.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-18 15:02:302026-03-18 15:02:41The Toronto Build Strategy That Skips Development Charges — and Most Investors Still Don’t Know About It 

From Zero to Full-Time Trader: How Anderson Carter-Griffith Built the Skill, Then Built the Wealth 

March 13, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Anderson Carter-Griffith

Anderson Carter-Griffith had never bought a stock when he arrived in Canada. 

He came over from Barbados on a hotel recruitment program—one of 100 selected from thousands who showed up for the chance. He worked hospitality, went to culinary school, ran a catering business out of Scotiabank Arena, and eventually started delivering DoorDash on the side.

The DoorDash gig was not an accident. It was a strategy.

Today, Anderson gets paid full-time to trade. He manages a professional trading desk, coaches everyday investors on options strategies, and parks his market gains into a family real estate portfolio in Barbados—which is why he is a guest on a real estate show. But the story worth telling is the trading journey. Because it started from nothing, and it followed a path almost anyone can take.

The Rule That Changed Everything: Never Trade Your Own Income

When Anderson decided to learn trading seriously, he made one non-negotiable rule for himself: the money going into his brokerage account could not be money he needed to live.

So he delivered DoorDash—every day, winter and summer—and used only those earnings to fund his trading account.

“I recommend you come to trading with what I call disposable income. It’s crazy to me that people use their rent money.”

That discipline kept him in the game long enough to actually learn it. Most people who blow up their trading accounts do so because a losing trade isn’t just a financial loss—it’s a crisis. When the money you are trading is money you can afford to lose, you make clearer decisions.

It’s the same principle veteran investors apply to leveraged investing: you don’t use capital you cannot afford to work with. The position size has to let you sleep at night.

🎧Listen to the full podcast

Step 1: ETFs First. Always.

Anderson didn’t start by picking stocks. He started with ETFs—broad, diversified funds that track entire sectors.

The reason is simple: ETFs teach you how sectors move without the noise of individual company risk. And once you understand that, you can lift the hood.

“I started with ETFs. Then I dug deeper under the hood, looked at the top 10 holdings, and as my capital and experience grew, I started picking up those individual companies.”

Today his long-term portfolio reflects that progression:

  • 40% Tech: Apple, Microsoft, Tesla, Nvidia, Palantir
  • 60% Diversified: Johnson & Johnson, Eli Lilly, UnitedHealth, Enbridge, TD, Royal Bank

He also uses “covered calls” on top of those holdings—a strategy that generates income from stocks you already own, effectively turning any position into a dividend-paying asset. For investors who want their money working without constant attention, this is worth understanding.

Step 2: Swing Trading — Investing That Fits Around a Job

Before Anderson was trading full-time, he was swing trading on his phone in thirty-minute windows—before work and at market close.

A swing trade is a position held anywhere from overnight to a few months. It is slower, less stressful, and far more appropriate for someone who still has a job, a family, and a life.

“If you sit and watch charts every minute and you’re not trained for it, your emotional and mental bandwidth is toast in about half an hour.”

This is where Anderson started coaching others. His company, The Trader Desk, teaches six core options strategies built around this model: put on a trade in the morning, check your phone mid-day, and let it run. No screen-watching. No emotional rollercoaster.

The first strategy he teaches is option spreads—not naked puts. The distinction matters. With an option spread, you know exactly how much you can lose before you enter the trade. Your downside is defined. For someone trading with genuinely disposable income, that structure makes the learning process feel manageable instead of terrifying.

The goal he sets for new students: replace one day’s income per month from trading. Not quit your job. Not get rich fast. One day. Then build from there.

Step 3: Professional Trading — Getting Paid to Trade Someone Else’s Capital

The final stage in Anderson’s journey was joining a trading firm as a professional—meaning the firm provides the capital, Anderson trades it, and he earns a percentage of the returns.

He now trades during New York Stock Exchange hours (9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.) from a seven-monitor setup, and also trades futures in the early morning when the London and New York sessions overlap—a window he calls “the switch-on,” when institutional money floods the market and volatility spikes.

The firm’s rule: be “flat” by the end of every day. No overnight positions. It is a discipline that eliminates the risk of waking up to a tweet or a headline that has moved the market against you while you slept.

“I had to go to work for a week in Barbados to make what I can make in a couple of hours here. Once I got a taste of it, I couldn’t believe people made money like this.”

Where the Money Goes: The Real Estate Connection

Anderson’s philosophy on trading profits is simple: get the fast-paced money out of the market as quickly as possible and park it somewhere safe and boring.

For him, that means real estate. His family owns eight buildings—16 apartments—in Barbados. It is a mix of long-term tenants and short-term Airbnb units (where rates run $300 to $1,000 USD/night depending on unit size). A property manager handles operations, and Anderson doesn’t touch it.

It’s the same logic successful business owners use: fast income funds patient assets. Trading cash flow—like employment income—gets deployed into stable real estate, a dividend portfolio, or insurance products that compound over decades.

The vehicle is less important than the principle: active income should be building passive assets, not just paying for lifestyle.

10 Questions Answered on Trading, Options, and Building Wealth

1. What is the safest way for a beginner to start trading?

Anderson recommends starting with ETFs (Exchange-Traded Funds) rather than trying to pick individual stocks. By looking “under the hood” of ETFs, beginners can learn how different sectors move without the high risk of single-company exposure.

2. What is the biggest mistake new traders make?

Trading their rent or grocery money. Anderson built his initial trading account by delivering for DoorDash every single day. Using strictly disposable income removes the emotional panic of losing essential funds, which is when most new traders blow up their accounts.

3. What is “swing trading” and is it good for people with 9-to-5 jobs?

Swing trading involves holding a trade anywhere from overnight to several months. Anderson highly recommends this for people with full-time jobs because it doesn’t require watching the screen all day—you can simply check your positions for 30 minutes in the morning and 30 minutes at the close.

4. Why do professional day traders close all their positions by the end of the day?

Professional prop traders are required to be “flat” (holding zero positions) at the end of the day to eliminate overnight risk. This ensures they don’t wake up to massive losses caused by unexpected after-hours news, geopolitical events, or sudden market shifts.

5. Why are “option spreads” safer than selling “naked puts”?

While some strategies teach selling naked puts, Anderson warns against this because it requires massive upfront capital and exposes you to assignment risk if the trade goes against you. Option spreads, on the other hand, have a strictly defined, limited downside risk so you know exactly what your maximum loss is before entering the trade.

6. Can you turn a non-dividend stock into a cash-flowing asset?

Yes. Anderson uses an options strategy called “covered calls” to generate income on regular stocks he holds in his long-term portfolio. This effectively turns any standard stock into a dividend-producing asset.

7. How much money do you need to start trading options?

You can realistically start trading with as little as $1,000. The mechanics and core strategies of options trading are exactly the same whether you are trading a $1,000 account or a $10 million account; it simply becomes a matter of scaling the number of contracts you buy.

8. What is the “crossover” in the stock market?

The crossover is a highly volatile, volume-heavy period around 8:00 AM to 9:30 AM EST when the London trading session overlaps with the pre-market New York session. This is when institutional money (the “whales” and hedge funds) flood the market, creating prime opportunities for professional traders.

9. What should day traders do with their market profits?

Anderson’s core philosophy is to pull fast-paced money out of the market as quickly as possible and park it in safe, boring assets. He moves his trading gains into a stable dividend portfolio and hard real estate to preserve his wealth.

10. How does trading income complement real estate investing?

Trading is active income, while real estate is a patient, long-term asset. Anderson uses his active trading profits to expand and support his family’s real estate portfolio of 16 long-term and short-term rental apartments in Barbados, creating a diversified, multi-generational wealth engine.

🎧Listen to the full podcast

Connect with Anderson 

Anderson offers one-on-one coaching through The Trader Desk. Sessions are tailored to your pace and your level — whether you’re starting with $1,000 or $100,000, the strategies are the same. 

Email: thetraderdesk@outlook.com — include your name and phone number and he’ll get back to you. 

F

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/he-funded-his-trading-with-doordash-now-hes/id1100488294?i=1000755092186

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/He-Funded-His-Trading-With-DoorDash–Now-Hes-a-Professional-Trader-e3gclq0 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/eee14026-efb7-4573-9c31-860d65ad9bcf/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-he-funded-his-trading-with-doordash-now-he%27s-a-professional-trader

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GSGWXJQZ?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/hsvpNLnabHg

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-17.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-13 13:52:012026-03-13 13:52:05From Zero to Full-Time Trader: How Anderson Carter-Griffith Built the Skill, Then Built the Wealth 

How Canadians Can Win in U.S. Real Estate in 2026 (Without Betting on Appreciation) 

March 5, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Glen Sutherland

For the last few years, many investors looked like geniuses simply by buying properties and riding the wave of massive market appreciation. But as the market shifts in 2026, the days of banking on property values going up 10% to 20% every single year to save a bad deal are over. 

If your U.S. real estate investment only works because you are counting on appreciation, you are gambling, not investing. 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sit down with Glen Sutherland, a full-time real estate investor, educator, and host of the Canadian Investing in the U.S. podcast. 

For nearly a decade, Glen has helped Canadians break into U.S. real estate. From distressed single-family homes to large multifamily projects, Glen has built scalable systems that allow him to invest entirely remotely. In fact, he rarely even visits his properties in person! 

Here is how Glen is successfully navigating the 2026 market and how Canadians can legally and profitably invest south of the border. 

4 Key Takeaways from This Episode: 

1. Appreciation Is a Bonus, Not a Strategy 

Markets move in cycles. While some markets are currently showing signs of recovery and improving rent rates, relying on future appreciation in your deal analysis is a highly risky play right now. Instead, Glen focuses on markets where the numbers make sense from day one, driven by strong employment and high-paying jobs, like the aerospace and tech industries moving into Huntsville, Alabama. 

2. Force the Appreciation 

If you want to mitigate risk, you need to force the value of the property yourself. Glen’s core strategy involves buying highly distressed properties—the kind of properties that banks and realtors won’t even touch—renovating them, and then refinancing or flipping them. By doing the heavy lifting upfront, you manufacture your own equity. 

3. Remote Investing Requires Ruthless Systems 

You don’t need to cross the border to be a successful U.S. investor, but you do need bulletproof systems. Glen operates his entire business from Canada using detailed Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), virtual assistants, and strict checklists. His biggest piece of advice? Redundancy. Always have two property managers and multiple contractors available in any city you invest in, because life happens, and you don’t want to be left stranded when a team member leaves. 

4. The Power of “Subject-To” Investing 

The U.S. offers creative deal structures that are simply unavailable or highly restricted in Canada. One of Glen’s favorite strategies is “Subject-To” (Sub2) investing, where you take over an American’s existing mortgage, allowing you to secure incredibly cheap, locked-in interest rates while taking over the deed to the property. 

If you are a Canadian investor looking to escape low yields and difficult tenancy laws by diversifying into the U.S. market, you need to hear this episode. 

🎧Listen to the full podcast

You can learn more about Glen Sutherland and his coaching program at www.canadianinvestingintheusa.com. 

10 Real Estate Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Is appreciation a reliable real estate investing strategy in 2026? 

No. Glen warns that if you need appreciation to make your deal numbers work, it is far too risky in today’s market. Appreciation should always be treated as a bonus, not a requirement. 

2. What is forced appreciation in real estate investing? 

Forced appreciation means proactively increasing a property’s value rather than waiting for the market to go up. Glen does this by purchasing heavily distressed properties at a massive discount, fully renovating them, and then refinancing based on the new, higher value. 

3. Can Canadians invest in U.S. real estate without visiting the properties? 

Absolutely. Glen often goes through the entire purchase, renovation, and sale process without ever physically stepping foot on the property. This is achieved by building a strong local team of property managers and contractors, and managing them through strict checklists and systems. 

4. What is a “Subject-To” (Sub2) real estate deal? 

Subject-To investing is a creative financing strategy popular in the U.S. where an investor takes over the deed of a property while leaving the seller’s original mortgage in place. This allows the investor to capitalize on the seller’s extremely low, previously locked-in interest rate. 

5. Why is redundancy important in remote real estate investing? 

In real estate, you are highly dependent on people (contractors, property managers, etc.). If your sole contractor quits or goes out of business, your project stalls. Glen recommends building redundancy—having backup property managers and multiple contractors—in every market you invest in to protect your business. 

6. Do you need a U.S. Social Security Number or Visa to invest in the U.S.? 

No. While having an E2 Visa, a U.S. driver’s license, or an SSN can be helpful for certain types of U.S. bank lending or tax structures, you do not strictly need any of them to begin investing and buying property in the United States. 

7. Why do some investors prefer large multifamily buildings over single-family homes? 

Multifamily buildings offer powerful economies of scale. Instead of dealing with multiple property managers across scattered single-family homes, you can manage 100 units under one roof, standardize all the paint and materials, and dramatically increase the building’s value simply by raising rents slightly across the board. 

8. What is the biggest challenge of investing in large multifamily properties? 

The speed of money. While large multifamily deals can generate significant long-term wealth, the operators are typically paid last in the capital stack. Single-family homes allow for a much faster turnaround of your capital (e.g., 3 to 6 months) to generate quick income. 

9. How do virtual assistants (VAs) help real estate investors? 

VAs can manage repeatable tasks such as bookkeeping, uploading podcasts, or running deal analysis spreadsheets based on standard operating procedures (SOPs). This frees up the investor’s time to focus on high-level strategy and acquisitions. 

10. What is the biggest regret of aspiring real estate investors? 

According to Glen, the biggest regret new students have is that they waited too long to start. Many realize they could have quit their jobs years ago if they had just taken action earlier instead of sitting on the sidelines. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-canadians-can-win-in-u-s-real-estate-in-2026-without/id1100488294?i=1000753354383

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/How-Canadians-Can-Win-in-U-S–Real-Estate-in-2026-Without-Betting-on-Appreciation-e3fu2lc 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/4636ffa0-a58c-40ed-a1ac-b5855504419e/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-canadians-can-win-in-u-s-real-estate-in-2026-without-betting-on-appreciat

YouTube: https://youtu.be/KEjIDSWjmEY

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-16-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-05 19:29:412026-03-05 19:34:42How Canadians Can Win in U.S. Real Estate in 2026 (Without Betting on Appreciation) 

70 Properties, Private Money, and a Mental Breakdown: The Truth About Scaling Real Estate 

March 2, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: February 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Rosna Arora

It is the dream sold on every real estate stage: scale fast, use private money, and build a massive empire. 

But what happens when the market stops cooperating? What happens when the music stops and you are dangerously over-leveraged? 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sit down with my friend Rasna Arora. Rasna built an incredible $50 million real estate portfolio consisting of 70 properties. She came from the same real estate investment network I did (led by Don Campbell), hired one of the most expensive coaches in Canada, and even became a coach herself at Blackheart University. 

But her aggressive scaling relied heavily on private, hard money loans. 

The Perfect Storm 

When COVID hit, the dominoes started to fall. Renovations stalled, material and labor costs skyrocketed, and refinances completely froze. Meanwhile, the renewal fees on her private loans began stacking up. 

In the middle of this crisis, Rasna’s mortgage advisor told her to just borrow more hard money loans to survive. (Food for thought: that same mortgage professional, Claire Drege, is now personally and professionally bankrupt and has been handed a lifetime ban from the mortgage and securities industries). 

Rasna received terrible advice from a professional she trusted. But instead of digging a deeper hole and trapping more private lenders, she made a different choice—one that ultimately cost her everything. 

A Lesson in Integrity and Leverage I will warn you right now: there is no fairytale ending to this episode. 

This is not a show about Lamborghinis and hype; this is an honest, raw conversation about the dark side of real estate investing. It is a masterclass in integrity, morals, and ethics, and a deep dive into the severe mental health breakdown that can happen when scaling with over-leverage goes wrong. 

3 Key Takeaways from This Episode: 

  • The Danger of Hard Money: Private money is a tool, but when it is used excessively to scale without proper cash flow or viable exit strategies, it becomes a trap. 
  • The Mental Toll: Real estate is a business with real consequences. Carrying a $50M over-leveraged portfolio while facing a market freeze takes a massive toll on your mental health. 
  • Cash Flow over Ego: I live by the quote from Winston Churchill: “Those who fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it”. During the 2007-2008 financial crisis, leverage is what killed developers. This is exactly why I have always focused on “boring,” positive cash flow when discussing investments. 

If you invest in real estate—and especially if you use private hard money loans—you need to hear this episode. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Disclaimer: This story is shared for educational purposes. I am not an accountant or a financial advisor. Please seek qualified professional advice for your specific situation. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate, Leverage, and Hard Money Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. What is “hard money” in real estate investing? 

Veteran real estate investors use the term “hard money loans” to refer to private money borrowing. While private money can help investors scale a portfolio quickly, it becomes incredibly dangerous if the market shifts or projects stall. 

2. What are the risks of using private money to scale a portfolio? 

If market conditions change, you can get trapped. In Rasna’s case, when refinances froze and renovations stalled, the renewal fees on her private loans aggressively stacked up, leaving her dangerously over-leveraged. 

3. How did the COVID-19 pandemic impact real estate renovation projects? 

The pandemic created a perfect storm for active investors doing the BRRRR strategy by causing renovations to stall, material and labor prices to skyrocket, and refinancing options to completely freeze. 

4. What is the mental health impact of an over-leveraged real estate business? 

Holding a massive portfolio of 70 properties during a market freeze takes an immense mental toll, often leading to severe stress and mental health breakdowns. Real estate has a human cost when scaling goes wrong. 

5. Can mortgage professionals be punished for giving harmful advice? 

Yes. Erwin notes that Rasna’s former mortgage advisor, Claire Drege, faced severe consequences for her actions, including personal and professional bankruptcy, as well as a lifetime ban from the mortgage and securities industries. 

6. Should you borrow more hard money to cover existing debt? 

Generally, no. Rasna was advised by a trusted professional to take out more hard money loans just to survive her cash crunch, which is a dangerous strategy that often digs a deeper hole instead of solving the fundamental cash flow issue. 

7. Does hiring an expensive real estate coach guarantee success? 

No. Rasna came from a top real estate investment network, hired one of the most expensive coaches in Canada, and was even a coach herself at Blackheart University. Her story proves that even highly educated investors can lose everything if they rely on dangerous levels of leverage. 

8. Why do veteran investors prefer “boring” positive cash flow? 

History shows that high leverage is what kills developers and investors, as seen during the 2007-2008 financial crisis. Focusing on boring, positive cash flow ensures the investment is sustainable during market downturns. 

9. What historical lesson applies to today’s over-leveraged real estate market? 

Erwin quotes Winston Churchill: “Those who fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it”. Investors must remember that excessive leverage is historically responsible for massive portfolio collapses. 

10. How can investors maintain a healthy work-life balance? 

Real estate investing should not become a stressful “second job” of managing tenants, toilets, and renovations that takes you away from your family. Investors should seek strategies that build wealth without sacrificing their nights, weekends, and peace of mind. 

Want to learn how to build wealth without the sleepless nights? 

We are big proponents of work-life balance and building wealth without sacrificing your weekends or taking on a “second job” of managing tenants and toilets. 

Join 10,000+ Canadian real estate investors who are already on my free newsletter to learn the latest and greatest strategies in the market. Go to www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca and drop your email on the right-hand side to get on the list. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/70-properties-private-money-mental-breakdown-the/id1100488294?i=1000752564013

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/70-Properties–Private-Money–Mental-Breakdown–The-Truth-About-Scaling-Real-Estate-e3fnaf7 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/bab0622f-7bcf-4ae7-a209-51a409227821/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-70-properties-private-money-mental-breakdon-the-truth-about-scaling-real-estate

YouTube: https://youtu.be/C58ugy__iKA

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-15.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-02 17:16:242026-03-02 17:16:2770 Properties, Private Money, and a Mental Breakdown: The Truth About Scaling Real Estate 

How a $14 Million Portfolio Evaporated: The Adam Kitchener Story

February 11, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: February 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Adam Kitchener

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

It is every real estate investor’s nightmare. You follow the rules, use the BRRRR strategy. Build a portfolio worth over $14 million. And eventually, you achieve what looks like financial freedom. 

And then, while you are on vacation in Thailand, your debit card stops working. 

You call the bank, and they tell you: The CRA has frozen everything. 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with Adam Kitchener. If you’ve been around the Hamilton/Ontario investing scene, you likely know Adam. He started investing in 2016, built a massive portfolio, and ran a property management company. 

But for the last three years, Adam has been fighting a war with the CRA that cost him almost everything. 

The Audit That Spiraled 

Adam shares the harrowing details of how a routine audit turned into a financial death spiral. It wasn’t about fraud or tax evasion. It started with simple misunderstandings, auditors asking why he didn’t charge HST on residential rent (you don’t) or asking if he had a cash register for his rental business. 

Despite having meticulous records, the CRA froze his personal accounts. Because he had personally guaranteed his mortgages (a common practice for investors scaling up), the banks saw the CRA judgment and pulled his funding. 

The “Asset Rich” Trap We talk a lot about being “Asset Rich, Cash Poor.” Adam’s story is the extreme version of this. He had millions in equity, but when the CRA froze his liquidity, he couldn’t service the debt or pay his contractors. 

He was forced to surrender properties to the bank to avoid further legal battles. He went from managing a $14M portfolio to working three jobs just to pay back his contractors, because Adam is a man of integrity who refused to let his tradespeople suffer for his tax battle. 

The Mental Toll I want to thank Adam for his vulnerability in this episode. He opens up about the darkness of losing his identity as a “successful investor.” He discusses the mental health toll, the suicidal thoughts, and the moment he realized that his net worth did not define his self-worth. 

The Rebuild: Renovation Solutions Adam is still standing. He realized that the “hustle” of property management and massive portfolios wasn’t the only way. He has returned to his roots, launching Renovation Solutions, a contracting business focused on helping other investors turn units over efficiently. He’s rebuilding, but this time with a focus on simplicity and bulletproof corporate structure. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Tax & Legal Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Can the CRA freeze my bank account without notice?

Yes. Adam discovered his accounts were frozen only when his debit card was declined while on vacation in Thailand. The CRA stated they had sent a letter, but because he was traveling, he did not receive it in time to respond. 

2. Do landlords have to charge HST on residential rent in Ontario? 

No. Long-term residential rent is exempt from HST. However, Adam shares a story of an auditor specifically asking why he wasn’t charging HST on his rental income, highlighting the importance of having a knowledgeable accountant to defend you against auditor errors. 

3. What happens to my mortgages if the CRA sues me? 

If you have personally guaranteed your corporate mortgages (which is common for real estate investors), a CRA judgment against you personally can trigger a “default” clause with your lenders. Adam’s lenders called his mortgages not because he missed payments, but because of the CRA judgment. 

4. What is “Audit Insurance” and do investors need it? 

Audit insurance covers the professional fees (accountants and lawyers) required to defend you during an audit. Adam notes that defending himself cost thousands of dollars he didn’t have access to because his accounts were frozen. Having this insurance can prevent you from running out of cash during a dispute. 

5. Can a general accountant handle a complex real estate audit?

Adam advises against using a generalist. He stuck with a “good guy” accountant too long, but when the complex audit hit, the workload was overwhelming. He recommends upgrading to a specialist firm before you think you need one. 

6. How does “Separation of Church and State” apply to real estate assets?

Adam emphasizes the need to completely separate personal assets from business assets. Because he had assets in his personal name (and personal guarantees), the CRA was able to seize/freeze personal funds that strangled his business operations. Proper corporate structuring creates a firewall. 

7. Why would a bank call a mortgage if I’m making payments? 

Even if you have never missed a mortgage payment (as Adam hadn’t), lenders monitor your credit and legal standing. A substantial tax lien or judgment effectively kills your creditworthiness, causing lenders to view you as high-risk and call the loan. 

8. Is property management a scalable business model? 

Adam built a large property management company but found it difficult to scale profitably due to the high volume of “bosses” (landlords) and tenants. He eventually closed it to focus on his own portfolio, noting it is a tough, low-margin industry. 

9. What triggers a CRA audit for investors? 

While sometimes random, Adam suspects his audit was triggered by a discrepancy between a year of low taxable income (due to write-offs) followed by a year of high asset acquisition (refinancing). The CRA looks for lifestyle spend that doesn’t match reported income. 

10. How long does a CRA audit take? 

Adam has been dealing with this for three years. It is not a quick process. He warns that investors need the stamina and liquidity to survive a multi-year battle, as the CRA can move very slowly while your assets remain frozen. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. If you’re not already on my free email list, you can join at: 

👉 www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca 

(Add your name and email on the right-hand side.) 

That’s how you’ll hear about new episodes, webinars, and live events like the Wealth Summit, where in-person seats sold out in a week. 

Being on the list helps you avoid disappointment. More importantly, it helps you avoid financial losses and fraud. We’ve seen this with Fortress Developments, Epic Alliance, and others currently in hot water with the Ontario Securities Commission. Cons and frauds share common patterns, and learning to spot them early matters. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-a-%2414-million-portfolio-evaporated-the/id1100488294?i=1000749289818

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/How-a-14-Million-Portfolio-Evaporated-The-Adam-Kitchener-Story-e3ev1rq/a-acfg7bj  

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/a4641340-9cf8-466e-b59c-cff04e429c6e/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-a-14-million-portfolio-evaporated-the-adam-kitchener-story

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GMY9X9W1?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp 

YouTube: https://youtu.be/I_GmtpWkkpU

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Youtube-thumbnails-14-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-02-11 19:13:442026-02-11 19:15:24How a $14 Million Portfolio Evaporated: The Adam Kitchener Story

From 18 Income Streams to Zero: The Brutal Truth About “Passive” Real Estate Investing 

February 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Serena Holmes, Award-winning Marketing and Business Professional, Podcaster and Author

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know I am obsessed with control. I like to own the title. I like to control the bank account. I like to know that if everything hits the fan, I can drive to the property and change the locks. 

Today’s guest, Serena Holmes, is here to share a cautionary tale that proves exactly why control is everything. 

Serena is a powerhouse. She built and exited a multi-award-winning marketing agency, she’s a Realtor, an author, and the host of the Inspired to Invest podcast. But a few years ago, she did what many busy entrepreneurs do: she tried to move from “active” income to “passive” investments. 

She invested in syndicated mortgages. She did private lending. She diversified into 18 different income streams. 

And then? They all went to zero. 

We’re talking about the collapse of major operators (like the Windrose Group) where hundreds of investors lost millions. Serena is open, vulnerable, and incredibly smart about what went wrong and, more importantly, how she is rebuilding. 

If you are thinking about handing your money over to a “hands-off” operator, or if you are raising capital yourself and want to do it without ending up in court, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Capital Raising & Risk Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. What happens when “Passive” Investing goes wrong? 

Serena shares the reality of investing in syndicated mortgages and unsecured promissory notes. She thought she was diversified with 18 streams of income, but when the operators failed (due to fraud, mismanagement, or market shifts), every single stream dried up. The lesson: Diversification doesn’t help if the underlying asset structure is flawed. 

2. What does “If you’re not first, you’re last” mean in lending? 

This is the golden rule of private lending. Serena explains that if you are not in the first mortgage position, you are likely in trouble when a deal goes south. Unsecured notes or second/third positions often get wiped out completely during a power of sale or bankruptcy. 

3. Can you trust a “Guaranteed” return? 

No. We discuss how operators who scaled too fast (buying 600+ homes in 6 years) couldn’t refinance quickly enough when rates spiked. If an operator promises high returns without explaining the risks or having the liquidity to back it up, run the other way. 

4. Why is “Control” the most important word in investing? 

Serena admits she “shot herself in the foot” by giving away control. When you own the property on title, you have options. When you are a passive investor in a limited partnership or a promissory note holder, you are at the mercy of the operator’s competence and ethics. 

5. What is the reality of the GTA Listing Market right now? 

Serena is an active Realtor in the Durham/Toronto area. She notes that sellers are still stuck in 2022 pricing. She has listings where sellers turn down offers, only to receive lower offers months later as the market continues to soften. The “hold and hope” strategy is hurting sellers right now. 

6. Is it worth suing to get your money back? 

Serena has spent between $40,000 and $50,000 in legal fees trying to recover funds, with little to show for it yet. She highlights the harsh reality of the Canadian legal system: it is expensive, slow, and often, the money is simply gone. 

7. Why are Canadian investors moving capital to the USA? 

We discuss the “capital flight” to the US. Serena notes that the US GDP is expected to grow twice as fast as Canada’s . Between landlord-friendly laws, the 1031 exchange (tax-deferred selling), and better cash flow, many of her clients are pivoting south . 

8. What is the “Wild West” of Capital Raising? 

There was a time (and still is) where people raised millions on Facebook with zero compliance. Serena now works with M1 Real Capital, coaching investors on how to raise capital legally, ethically, and responsibly. You can’t just take money from people without the right paperwork and disclosure. 

9. How do you spot a “Con Artist”? 

I shared a quote from the book The Confidence Game: “Con artist” is short for “Confidence Artist.” Serena shares a story about seeing a prominent operator who looked the part—tall, commanding presence, confident on stage—who eventually went bankrupt owing investors millions. Confidence does not equal competence. 

10. What is the best way to rebuild after a loss? 

Serena’s advice is to get back to basics. She is focusing on her active income, helping others avoid her mistakes through coaching, and planning to return to purchasing multifamily properties where she controls the asset and the operations . 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, I have seen too many people lose their life savings because they chased a high interest rate on a piece of paper. 

Real estate is a fantastic asset class, but it is not magic. It requires due diligence. If you don’t understand where the yield is coming from, or if you don’t have your name on the title, you are taking a massive risk. 

Serena’s story is a powerful reminder that return of capital is far more important than return on capital. 

If you want to connect with Serena to learn about compliant capital raising or just to follow her journey, you can find her on Instagram at @serenaholmesofficial or listen to her podcast, Inspired to Invest . 

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-18-income-streams-to-zero-a-real-conversation/id1100488294?i=1000748566542

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/From-18-Income-Streams-to-Zero-A-Real-Conversation-About-Risk-in-Real-Estate-e3eo0bg 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/e33922c4-8771-4520-b047-ec9d8c27b40b/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-18-income-streams-to-zero-a-real-conversation-about-risk-in-real-estate

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0GKXS1MCP?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/5t4Ht_vwq4o

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Youtube-thumbnails-13-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-02-06 18:42:182026-02-06 18:50:11From 18 Income Streams to Zero: The Brutal Truth About “Passive” Real Estate Investing 

From Corporate CFO to Personal CFO: A 2026 Wealth Reset (And Why I’m Buying Less Real Estate) 

January 28, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Winnie Tsang, Former CFO

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know I am a die-hard real estate guy. I’ve built an 8-figure portfolio, I’ve been a landlord for 20 years, and I’ve coached hundreds of investors. 

But recently, I’ve been asking myself and my clients a hard question: Is the return on investment worth the return on hassle? 

I’m currently dealing with a broken washer that’s only three months old but costing me $300 to fix, plus a non-paying tenant. For high-energy entrepreneurs, active real estate is still a goldmine. But for me, with a young family, I want my investments to be boring, passive, and profitable. 

That is why I brought Winnie Tsang on the show. Winnie is a former corporate CFO for massive companies like Rogers and Accenture who made a pivot. She’s now a partner at Open Concept Financial Group, acting as a “Personal CFO” for families. 

We talk about “financial jujitsu”—strategies like leveraged segregated funds and corporate-owned life insurance that allow you to build wealth without unclogging a single toilet. 

If you are sitting on retained earnings in your corporation or you’re tired of being a landlord, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Money Questions Answered in This Episode (That Your Bank Won’t Tell You) 

1. Why are everyday investors diversifying away from local real estate? It’s about income diversification and resilience. Winnie notes that for many, real estate has turned cash-flow negative. By diversifying into other asset classes, you gain liquidity and options—allowing you to buy time, which is the only non-renewable resource.

2. What is the “Corporate Owned Life Insurance” tax hack? This is a game-changer for business owners (doctors, realtors, consultants). Instead of investing retained earnings in GICs (taxed at ~50%), you buy a whole life policy inside the corp. The death benefit eventually pays out to your shareholders (family) tax-free via the Capital Dividend Account. It transfers business wealth to personal wealth with massive tax efficiency. 

3. Why do people choose “inaction” when it comes to their wealth? Fear and a lack of clarity. Winnie explains that people often feel overwhelmed by choices (the “burden of choice”), so they do nothing. But inaction is a choice with consequences. A good plan gives you the clarity to make a move. 

4. What are “Leveraged Segregated Funds”? This is the strategy I wish I started 10 years ago. It involves using a smaller amount of cash (e.g., $2,500) to access a much larger loan (e.g., $50,000) to invest in the market. Because it’s a segregated fund, it often comes with downside protection, and the interest on the loan is tax-deductible. It amplifies the upside, similar to a mortgage on a house, but without the tenants. 

5. Why leave a high-paying Corporate CFO job to help families? Winnie spent years maximizing shareholder value for big companies, but the pandemic made her rethink her purpose. She realized that regardless of wealth level, families struggle with financial management, especially as they age. She wanted to apply that high-level strategy to everyday people. 

6. Why is an independent financial firm better than a bank advisor? No quotas. Winnie notes that independent firms don’t have to push “Product X” just because it’s the flavor of the month. They can assemble a bespoke solution using the best products from multiple institutions to actually serve the client’s goal, not the bank’s sales target. 

7. Is real estate actually “passive” income? No. We discuss how real estate is actually an active business, not a passive investment. True passive investing shouldn’t add stress to your life or take time away from your family. If you have to manage a property manager, it’s still work. 

8. Why is Estate Planning the most overlooked aspect of wealth? We avoid talking about death, but it’s the one certainty. Winnie points out that insurance is bought with your health and age; if you wait until you retire to plan your estate, it’s often too expensive or too late. Optimizing this early creates an exponential curve of growth for your legacy. 

9. How do cognitive biases hurt our investment returns? We suffer from “familiarity bias”—we buy real estate because our parents did, or because we made money on it once before. But doing the same thing when market conditions have changed (like high interest rates) leads to losses. You have to look at the objective data, not just what feels comfortable. 

10. What is the “Financial Jujitsu” approach? It’s about finding joy in figuring out how to make more money, work less, and pay less tax. It’s using the rules of the system (like the Capital Dividend Account or leverage) to maximize your returns with the least amount of effort. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, life is short. I want to spend my weekends with my kids, making slime and listening to Taylor Swift (don’t ask), not chasing rent payments. 

Real estate is a fantastic way to build wealth, but it isn’t the only way. If you are ready to look at your wealth holistically—insurance, investments, and estate planning—reach out to us. 

If you want to meet Winnie and hear more about these strategies, come to our Wealth Summit 2025. She’ll be there, and trust me, she’s way smarter than I am. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-corporate-cfo-to-personal-cfo-a-2026-new-year/id1100488294?i=1000747020836

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/From-Corporate-CFO-to-Personal-CFO-A-2026-New-Year-Wealth-Reset-for-Investors-e3eaa92

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ae98b6ad-0ce8-463d-b88d-1c2bb2939ecc/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-corporate-cfo-to-personal-cfo-a-2026-new-year-wealth-reset-for-investors

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GK9ZJS13?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T-ULjlsjqrI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-12.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-28 20:24:112026-01-28 20:24:14From Corporate CFO to Personal CFO: A 2026 Wealth Reset (And Why I’m Buying Less Real Estate) 

The Mortgage Masterclass: Why 2026 is the Year to Buy (and How to Hack CMHC Financing)

January 23, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Scott Dillingham, founder of LendCity

Welcome back to the show. I’ll be honest with you—I had some selfish questions today. 

Like many of you, I have mortgages coming up for renewal. I have variable rate mortgages that have been painful for the last couple of years. I wanted to know: Is this the bottom? And if I want to invest in the U.S., how hard is it really compared to the brain damage we deal with in Canada? 

To get the answers, I brought back the man who holds the record for the most appearances on this show: Scott Dillingham of LendCity. Scott is a rare breed—he owns mortgage brokerages in both Canada and the U.S., so he sees the data from both sides of the border without the fluff. 

We get into the weeds on interest rate predictions, the absolute carnage happening in the pre-construction condo market, and a massive “hack” for developers using the CMHC MLI Select program that I honestly hadn’t heard before. 

If you are sitting on the sidelines waiting for rates to drop further, or you’re tired of Canadian red tape and looking south, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Financing Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Is it time to lock in a Fixed or Variable mortgage in 2026? 

Scott suggests sticking to the 5-year fixed or 5-year variable. He warns against the “3-year fixed specials” lenders are pushing right now. Why? Because banks want you renewing sooner when they anticipate rates might be higher again. If you want safety, lock in the 5-year fixed now while it’s in the high 3s or low 4s. 

2. Are interest rates going to drop further this year? 

Likely not much. Scott believes we are at the bottom. In fact, major banks are predicting rates might actually creep up by 0.25% by the end of the year,. If you are waiting for rock bottom, you’re probably standing on it right now. 

3. Why are pre-construction condo buyers in trouble right now? 

It is ugly out there. Scott is seeing appraisals come in drastically lower than the purchase price—e.g., bought for 900k∗∗,appraisedat∗∗700k,. Lenders won’t bridge that gap; the buyer has to come up with that $200k cash difference. If you can’t, you’re in a tough spot. 

4. What is the “Smart Developer Hack” for CMHC MLI Select financing? 

This is pure gold for developers. Instead of forcing affordable rents (which kills your cash flow in Ontario due to rent control), savvy investors are skipping the affordability criteria entirely. They focus on energy efficiency and accessibility instead. You get a 45-year amortization (instead of 50), but you get to charge market rents,. 

5. How much easier is it to get a mortgage in the U.S. vs. Canada? 

Scott says it is “infinitely” easier . In Canada, you provide tax returns, T4s, and blood samples. In the U.S., you can use DSCR (Debt Service Coverage Ratio) loans, where the property qualifies for the mortgage based on its rental income, not your personal income, . 

6. Is there a risk of U.S. banks failing? 

We hear about U.S. bank failures in the news, but for a borrower, it doesn’t matter. U.S. banks sell their mortgages on the secondary market almost immediately . If your bank fails, your loan is just sold to another lender. Your terms don’t change . 

7. Why are investors pivoting to Commercial Mortgages for residential properties? 

If you are hitting a “brick wall” with residential lending limits (e.g., hitting your debt-to-service ratio cap), commercial lenders have no limit . You can buy unlimited properties as long as the deal makes sense. Rates are similar (mid-4s to 5s), though fees are slightly higher , . 

8. Should you be wary of “B-Lender” fees? 

Yes. B-lenders offer easier qualification (using up to 60% of income for ratios), but the costs add up. You are looking at rates from 4.8% to 6.5%, plus a 1-2% lender fee and a broker fee, . It’s a tool, but it’s not cheap. 

9. How does the current U.S. political climate affect real estate? 

Love him or hate him, Trump is pushing for lower borrowing costs. He has authorized Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to buy bonds to drive interest rates down , . This flood of liquidity is expected to drive U.S. housing prices up, making now a strategic time to buy before that appreciation hits . 

10. Why invest in U.S. properties through a Canadian brokerage? 

Scott owns brokerages on both sides of the border, meaning there are no “middleman” fees . Many Canadian brokers just refer you to a U.S. partner and take a cut. Working with a direct access broker saves you money and streamlines the chaos . 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, the data is clear: the waiting game is over. Whether you are looking at distressed pre-con deals in Toronto (if you have the cash) or cash-flowing rentals in the U.S., the window to buy at the bottom is closing. 

Scott’s insight on the MLI Select program, taking a 45-year amortization to keep market rents, is exactly the kind of pragmatic, number-focused strategy we love on this show. Don’t let the government discount your cash flow if you don’t have to. 

If you want to reach out to Scott and his team for financing in Canada or the U.S., head over to LendCity.ca and check out their investor resources. 

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/mortgage-market-update-for-2026-residential-commercial/id1100488294?i=1000746376200

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/48ISuXhSJMguNaxK3d6Edy?si=bDedAZnXS3iQ9FyBP82CVw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/9365d1eb-e5d2-432b-8bdc-9550f012f274/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-mortgage-market-update-for-2026-residential-commercial-development-canada-usa-mexico

YouTube: https://youtu.be/CO36McC9rFo

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-11-1.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-23 20:53:582026-01-23 20:54:02The Mortgage Masterclass: Why 2026 is the Year to Buy (and How to Hack CMHC Financing)

From Lending Nightmares to Hotel Millions: Mike Rosehart’s Ultimate Pivot 

January 16, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Mike Rosehart, Real Estate Analyst and Investor

Welcome back to the show. We had a returning guest on, and honestly, if you’re looking for a masterclass on how to pivot when the market punches you in the face, this is it. 

Mike Rosehart is back, and he’s not just doing student rentals in London anymore. We’re talking about a massive shift. He’s acquired a couple of hundred units in the last 12 to 18 months, pushing his portfolio north of $50 million. 

But it wasn’t a straight line up. We get into the messy stuff—the private lending deals that went south, the foreclosures, and how he turned those disasters into a goldmine in the hospitality space. Mike openly shares the challenges, admitting he had lending deals where borrowers stopped paying for 11 months and he waited too long to take legal action. 

If you are serious about scaling or you’re stuck trying to make the numbers work in this high-interest environment, you need to pay attention to the “Hotel to Apartment” conversion strategy Mike breaks down. It is absolute fire. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Why are smart investors pivoting from residential rentals to hotels and motels? 

The margins in residential multifamily are tight right now. Mike explains that in markets like Ontario, you might pay $180,000 to $200,000 per door for a multifamily unit. However, you can buy a hotel or motel for $60,000 to $70,000 per key. That is half or a third of the cost for the same physical square footage, offering a massive arbitrage opportunity. 

2. Can you convert a motel into a long-term residential apartment? 

Yes, and it’s a massive value to add. Mike notes that many motels already have kitchenettes or the infrastructure for them. By spending $10,000 to $15,000 per unit on renovations and getting a simple change of use zoning (often around $5,000), you can convert them into residential apartments that qualify for CMHC financing. 

3. What are the dangers of private lending in a correcting market?

We talk about the ugly side of lending. Mike shares how he had lending deals go sideways where he was in a second mortgage position during a market correction. The lesson? If you are in a second or third mortgage position or holding a promissory note, your capital might be worthless because the first mortgage and legal fees eat up all the equity. 

4. How do you automate a hotel operation to slash costs? 

Mike isn’t running these like it’s 1990. He fires the expensive staff and cuts the franchise flags immediately. He uses AI bots for front desk operations, automated digital locks with codes that expire, and independent contractors for cleaning. This cuts costs by 50% compared to traditional operators. 

5. Why would an investor buy a property in cash right now? 

While leverage is king, cash is speed. Mike recently bought a 50-unit property in Sarnia (The Village Inn) with cash because lender fees were too high and the timeline was too tight for environmental assessments and appraisals. The goal isn’t to stay in cash, but to secure the deal, stabilize it over 6-12 months, and then refinance to pull the capital back out. 

6. How does the “Lifetime Capital Gains Exemption” apply to hotels? 

This is a huge tax nugget. Because hotels are considered “active businesses” rather than passive rentals, you can potentially utilize the Lifetime Capital Gains Exemption (LCGE) when you sell the shares of the corporation. If structured correctly with a family trust, you could shelter millions in profit tax-free,. 

7. Is it easier to evict a non-paying guest in a hotel vs. a tenant?  

Mike highlights that in a hotel/motel environment, if a guest doesn’t pay, you can simply disable their door code or call the police for removal. You avoid the 8-11 month delays typical of the Landlord and Tenant Board (LTB) in Ontario. 

8. What should you look for when taking over a distressed property? 

You want absentee owners or tired operators. Mike bought a hotel from a 92-year-old operator who had zero online presence—no Booking.com, no Expedia, just a phone number. By simply modernizing the marketing and operations, the revenue lift is instant. 

9. Is the BRRRR method still alive in Ontario? 

It is, but you have to buy deep. Mike mentions that detached houses in London, Ontario, have fallen significantly—sometimes trading at half of what they were in 2022. If you can buy a detached house for land value (e.g., $240k), add a unit, and create a duplex, the numbers start to make sense again. 

10. Is real estate investing scalable without a massive team? 

Mike argues that bigger deals are actually easier to scale than small ones. He puts a “mentee” or operating partner into his larger hotel deals to live on-site and manage operations in exchange for equity. This allows him to scale to hundreds of units without personally managing every toilet fix. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, the market has changed. What worked in 2017 isn’t working today. You can’t just buy a pre-con condo and hope it goes up. You have to force appreciation. 

Mike is showing us that there is opportunity in the ashes of this correction. Whether it’s buying distressed notes, taking over foreclosures, or converting motels into housing, the deals are there for the people willing to do the work. He’s proving that “active business” income is the new path to cash flow in 2025. 

If you want to see what Mike is up to, check him out on Instagram at @mikerosheart or search for The Village Inn Sarnia to see his latest project. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-houses-to-hotels-a-real-life-monopoly-story/id1100488294?i=1000745436200

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/48ISuXhSJMguNaxK3d6Edy?si=bDedAZnXS3iQ9FyBP82CVw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/4b07e204-26bd-4242-8876-87dbaebb0c40/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-houses-to-hotels-a-real-life-monopoly-story

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GH8LCLTB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube:https://youtu.be/5slXpuy5YV8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnadils-1.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-16 16:16:382026-01-16 16:16:41From Lending Nightmares to Hotel Millions: Mike Rosehart’s Ultimate Pivot 

How a Canadian WealthGenius Coach Scaled a U.S. Multifamily Portfolio 

January 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Canadian real estate investors are facing a harsh reality: rising prices, capped rents, and prolonged eviction timelines have fundamentally changed the risk profile of being a landlord in provinces like Ontario and British Columbia. 

In this episode, U.S. multifamily investor Thomas Lorini explains why he shifted capital from Canadian rentals to U.S. markets — particularly Ohio — and how landlord-friendly laws, DSCR financing, and value-add multifamily strategies have restored predictability and cash flow. 

Ohio offers a combination of affordability, population density, diversified employment, and strong landlord rights. Properties that would cost over $1 million in Ontario can still be acquired for under $100,000 in parts of the Midwest, with eviction timelines measured in weeks rather than years. 

Thomas also breaks down common Canadian concerns: 

  • Cross-border taxation and entity structuring 
  • Financing without Canadian income limits 
  • Section 8 housing myths vs reality 
  • Currency risk and U.S. dollar income 

For investors seeking boring, predictable real estate again, this conversation outlines why many Canadians are quietly diversifying into U.S. residential and multifamily assets. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Fast Facts on USA Investing for Canadians 

Why are Canadians investing in U.S. real estate instead of Canada?

Because U.S. markets offer stronger landlord rights, lower prices, and faster legal resolution compared to rent-controlled Canadian provinces.

What is DSCR financing and why does it matter for Canadians?

DSCR loans are based on property cash flow rather than personal income, allowing Canadians to scale portfolios without income caps.

Why is Ohio attractive for real estate investors?

Ohio combines affordability, population scale, diversified employment, and landlord-friendly laws with strong cash-flow potential.

How long does an eviction take in Ohio?

Most non-payment evictions are resolved in 3–6 weeks, compared to 8–18 months in Ontario.

Is Section 8 housing risky for investors?

It can be profitable when managed correctly, but outcomes depend heavily on location, property management, and tenant mix.

Do Canadians need U.S. credit to invest in U.S. properties?

No. Many lenders underwrite the property itself rather than the investor’s personal credit history.

Are U.S. interest rates higher than Canada’s?

Yes, but U.S. loans often allow repeat financing and scalability that Canadian lenders restrict.

Does the exchange rate hurt Canadian investors?

While entry costs are higher, income is earned in U.S. dollars, often offsetting currency risk over time.

Is multifamily better than single-family investing?

Multifamily offers operational scale, professional management, and forced appreciation through value-add strategies.

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-a-canadian-wealthgenius-coach-scaled-a-u/id1100488294?i=1000743970414

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/3tjfSgCpuC8m9bsslhyZYw?si=hObKhKMVQCyec2I7uexaxA

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/2ae2ffad-e966-4889-bd70-e2e7f12052f2/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-a-canadian-wealthgenius-coach-scaled-a-u-s-multifamily-portfolio

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0GF4Q8PGT?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TJoOCVoGnzA

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-9-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-06 14:40:222026-01-12 17:29:24How a Canadian WealthGenius Coach Scaled a U.S. Multifamily Portfolio 

How to Sell a Tenanted Property in 2026 

December 5, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: December 2025
Guest:️ Tim Hong, Property Manager specializing in selling and managing tenant-occupied properties.
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Selling an investment property in Ontario in 2026 is not the same game it was in 2021.

If you’re an investor in markets like Hamilton, Kitchener–Waterloo, or the GTA, you’re facing more listings, tougher financing, and smarter buyers. At the same time, interest rates are still high enough to squeeze cash flow, and the Landlord and Tenant Board remains a risk you want to avoid at all costs. 

In a recent episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with veteran investor, realtor, and property manager Tim Hong to talk about exactly what’s happening on the ground — and what smart investors are doing instead of panicking.  

Inventory Is Up 50–60%… But Prices Are Range-Bound 

Tim started by pulling fresh stats from his core markets: 

  • Kitchener–Waterloo: active listings are up from about 810 in November 2023 to roughly 1,296 today — a 60% jump. 
  • Hamilton: inventory is up from ~1,410 to 2,078 active listings, a bit more than a 50% increase. 

That’s a huge shift in supply, yet prices haven’t completely collapsed. From the February 2022 peak, we’re still roughly 20–30% down, but for the last three years prices have mostly been range-bound, bouncing up and down within a band.  

The takeaway: 

  • If you’re listing your property now, understand you’re competing in a crowded marketplace. 
  • Buyers have time and options. Conditions are back. So are offers conditional on the sale of the buyer’s home. 

Power-of-Sale and Estate Sales Are Setting the Bar 

When I pulled comparables recently, I saw more power-of-sale and bank-owned listings than at any time since I became a realtor in 2010. I also saw a bank-owned Hamilton Mountain bungalow duplex that sold for around $1.2M at the peak get resold for roughly $720,000 after the bank took it back. 

That’s a 40%+ haircut. 

These types of listings — bank sales and estate sales — are often: 

  • Aggressively priced to clear quickly. 
  • Heavily influencing buyers’ expectations on what a “deal” looks like. 

If you’re a regular investor trying to sell a tenanted duplex, you’re competing against those numbers, whether you like it or not.

Why Single-Family Homes Sell Faster Than Duplexes Right Now

Tim sees a big difference between “obvious rental properties” and end-user homes: 

  • Legal duplexes, triplexes, and vacant student rentals: 
  • Investors are cautious. 
  • Financing is tighter and interest rates are higher. 
  • Offers are often below what sellers want. 
  • Single-family homes for end users: 
  • Bigger buyer pool. 
  • Still seeing healthy activity and occasional multiple offers, depending on location and price. 

Investors have no sense of urgency right now. They’ll buy only if the numbers are compelling. That means if your exit strategy relies on another investor paying top dollar, you may need to adjust your expectations — or your strategy.  

Plan A vs Plan B: Sell or Re-Rent? 

For many of Tim’s clients, the starting plan was: 

  1. Tenant leaves. 
  2. Touch up the property. 
  3. List it for sale. 

In several cases, the market response was underwhelming: little activity, weak offers, or no offers at all. 

At that point, Tim sits down with the investor and runs the numbers on Plan B: 

  • What can this property realistically rent for with a proper tenant-screening process? 
  • What does cash flow look like at today’s interest rate? 
  • Are you willing to hold for another 3–5 years? 

Often, the investor decides that re-renting is the better financial move. 

In one case, an investor was set on selling a property with long-term tenants paying below-market rent. Once they saw the projected sale price and tax implications, they weren’t excited. 

Tim approached the tenants directly, explained the situation, and negotiated a new lease at a higher rent that was still below market. The result? 

  • The investor kept the property. 
  • Cash flow increased by about $560 per month. 
  • The tenants gained security and avoided the uncertainty of a new owner.  

That’s the power of creative negotiation and treating selling as one option, not the only option. 

The Resilience of University Student Rentals 

While many asset classes are feeling pain, university-area student rentals have quietly been one of the most resilient strategies over the last decade. 

Why? 

  • Enrollment tends to increase during economic downturns. 
  • Universities have more stable, diversified demand than some private colleges that leaned heavily on international students. 
  • Student rentals naturally build in tenant turnover every 2–3 years, letting landlords reset rents to market regularly. 

College-focused markets tied to international enrollment — think Conestoga and similar schools — have seen dramatic drops and oversupply. But university zones around schools like Waterloo, Laurier, McMaster, and others are still seeing strong demand from quality students who want clean, well-managed housing.  

Bill 60 and the Future of Selling Tenanted Properties 

We also talked about Bill 60 and what it could mean for investors: 

  • Shorter timelines for non-payment of rent (N4 going from 14 days to 7). 
  • Requirements for tenants to pay 50% of outstanding rent into the system if they want to raise maintenance issues at a hearing. 
  • Possible relief from compensation requirements if you give 120 days’ notice to a tenant for a buyer’s own use. 

None of this is a magic fix. But it may tilt the playing field slightly back towards responsible landlords who follow the rules. 

The safer strategy remains the same: avoid the Landlord and Tenant Board completely by screening tenants properly, communicating clearly, and handling issues early. 

Tenant Screening: Why Tim Hasn’t Been to the LTB in Two Years 

Tim’s property management company hasn’t had to attend the LTB in two years. His process is simple but strict: 

  • Use SingleKey for credit and application processing. 
  • Use OpenRoom to check for existing court orders. 
  • Verify employment, income, and current landlord through independent searches. 
  • Watch how tenants communicate and follow instructions. 

If someone no-shows a viewing without notice, asks for four parking spots on a property with one, or can’t be bothered to read the ad, they’re disqualified. 

Is it harsh? Maybe. 

Is it effective? Definitely. 

If you want high-quality, long-term tenants who pay on time and treat your property like a home, you need to raise the bar. 

Should You Buy Vacant or Tenanted Right Now? 

Given longer vacancy times for new listings and the sheer number of options tenants have, Tim makes a point many investors miss: 

  • If you’re buying locally and want a relatively hands-off experience, consider buying a property with a good, paying tenant in place at a fair rent — as long as you can verify their history and lease. 
  • If you buy vacant, be prepared for two months (or more) of vacancy, plus screening, showings, and uncertainty. 

In today’s market, time is money, and two months of lost rent plus your own time and stress can eat up a lot of the “deal” you thought you were getting.  

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Final Thoughts: Hold, Sell, or Pivot? 

If you own investment real estate in Ontario right now, you don’t need fear. You need a clear decision-making framework: 

  1. Check your numbers honestly. Can you carry the property for another 3–5 years if you re-rent at realistic market rents? 
  1. Know your asset. Is it a quality property in a solid location, or is it a weak property that only looked good in a spreadsheet? 
  1. Understand your buyer. Are you selling to an end user or another investor? The strategy, staging, and pricing are different. 
  1. Have a Plan B. If the right offer doesn’t come, be ready to re-rent, renegotiate with tenants, or refinance instead of selling at a painful discount. 

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.

 


Top 10 FAQs About Selling Investment Properties in Ontario (2026 Edition) 

Q: How has the Ontario real estate market changed for investors going into 2026? 

A: Inventory in markets like Hamilton and Kitchener–Waterloo is up 50–60% compared to 2023, while prices are roughly 20–30% below the 2022 peak and range-bound, so investors face more competition when selling. 

Q: Is 2026 a good time to sell an investment property in Ontario? 

A: It can be, if you’ve owned for several years and price realistically against bank sales, estate sales, and higher inventory, but many investors are better off re-renting and waiting out the market if they don’t need to sell. 

Q: What’s the biggest mistake investors make when selling rental properties in Ontario? 

A: Hiring a non-investor realtor and ignoring tenant issues; when the property doesn’t sell, they pivot to Plan B with a poorly screened tenant and can end up in Landlord and Tenant Board nightmares. 

Q: Are student rentals still a good investment strategy for Canadian investors? 

A: University student rentals near major Ontario campuses remain one of the most resilient cash-flow strategies, thanks to strong enrollment and regular tenant turnover, whereas college-heavy markets reliant on international students have struggled. 

Q: How long does it take to find a good tenant in the 2026 Ontario rental market? 

A: In many areas it now takes 6–8 weeks or more to find a high-quality tenant for single-family homes, duplexes, and basement units, so investors should budget for at least two months of vacancy. 

Q: What are the best tenant screening tools for Ontario landlords? 

A: Many professional property managers use SingleKey for credit and application processing and OpenRoom to check for existing court orders, combined with manual checks of income, landlord references, and online searches. 

Q: How will Bill 60 impact landlords and selling investment properties? 

A: Bill 60 proposes shorter timelines for non-payment, potential changes to compensation when buyers move in, and rules requiring tenants to pay a portion of rent owed before raising maintenance complaints, which slightly improves the environment for responsible landlords. 

Q: Should I buy a vacant rental property or one with tenants in place? 

A: In today’s market, buying a property with a strong, paying tenant at near-market rent can be safer because buying vacant often means at least two months of vacancy and extra leasing risk. 

Q: What types of rental units are most in demand in Ontario right now? 

A: Larger, brighter units—especially above grade, with multiple parking spots and family-friendly layouts—are renting faster than small micro-condos or cramped basement apartments. 

Q: How can Canadian investors protect their cash flow until interest rates drop? 

A: Focus on tenant quality over speed, consider rent renegotiations with below-market tenants, and be willing to pivot from selling to re-renting if offers don’t match your long-term goals. 


📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Tim Hong is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing/id1100488294?i=1000733146751

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/0g5Jt74Qff54WifcfEU6FH?si=3554156498454d05

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/c50ae533-1e20-4bf2-80d9-82ddb8d70b7d/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-to-sell-a-tenanted-property-in-2026-what-investors-need-to-know-now

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G53GJWGW?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/-G3MkQjEH4Y

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Youtube-thumbnails-8-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-12-05 12:39:592025-12-05 12:40:01How to Sell a Tenanted Property in 2026 

Ontario’s Bill 60: What Landlords Need to Know

November 21, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2025
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Bill 60 has all my landlord friends and the Facebook groups I am part of talking, especially SOLO, which is an excellent group. There are some really interesting items in the bill and a few ideas I am not surprised were quickly rejected by Toronto Mayor Olivia Chow and tenant advocates. Let us break down what Bill 60 actually means for landlords. 

Lease agreement expiry

I am not entirely sure why ending month-to-month leases was included, but when I think about it, if the old rule of automatic month-to-month conversion were grandfathered and the new rule required a lease to be renewed at the end of each term, we would likely see more landlords enter the rental market or make space in their homes available for long-term rental.

Take, for example, a homeowner with a self-contained unit. In Ontario, once the lease is signed and the tenant moves in, the homeowner loses nearly all rights to their own property. That is a significant risk. Remove that risk and more people would be willing to become landlords. It would also hold tenants more accountable to be good neighbours so they are invited to stay. I was literally reading a thread in an Ontario landlord group where someone asked if they should rent their self-contained unit to a friend for one or two months. The majority of the forty-plus responses said no. Doug Ford has said he wants more landlords to step forward and offer housing, but to do that you must protect landlords and their property rights. Again, grandfathering existing leases would protect the most vulnerable in rent-controlled buildings. 

Removing the ability to raise new issues on the day of a rent arrears hearing

This would never be allowed in a court of law, yet it is currently allowed at the Landlord and Tenant Board. Bill 60 would strictly require prior notice, which should reduce delays at the Board. 

Here is my favourite initiative in Bill 60: limiting new issues unless fifty percent of the arrears are paid

This would reduce delays when a tenant wants to dispute non-payment of rent on the basis of unsafe conditions, improper maintenance, or needed repairs. If the tenant truly has the rent, then let them demonstrate it by depositing half. It prevents abuse of the system. 

Limiting when the Landlord and Tenant Board can review decisions

Before the pandemic this was extremely rare. During the pandemic it became the playbook for how to stay in a property without paying indefinitely. A tenant or their legal representative, often funded by taxpayers, would introduce new evidence again and again, triggering repeated reviews and lengthy delays. Bill 60 aims to limit these reviews. 

Persistent late payment cases

It is currently undefined what “persistent” means, so Bill 60 plans to define it. This should create more consistency. 

Reducing the appeal period from thirty to fifteen days

This will lead to faster resolutions. 

Compensation requirements for landlord’s own use

Under Bill 60, if the landlord provides four months’ notice, they would not have to provide compensation. Again, if existing tenants are grandfathered, this could encourage homeowners to rent out their properties or invest in additional rental properties. 

Shortening the rent arrears eviction notice period

Reducing the N4 notice period from fourteen to seven days allows the landlord to file with the Landlord and Tenant Board one week sooner. The province says it currently takes eight to nine weeks on average to obtain a hearing, and tenants can pay at any time or request a payment plan. Tenants have all the rights in these situations. 

Postponement of an eviction order

I understand that adjudicators want to avoid homelessness and often delay the enforcement of eviction orders for compassionate reasons, but this can come at the expense of private landlords who receive neither consent nor compensation. I had a client whose tenant did not even show up to the non-payment hearing, and it still took five months from the hearing date to receiving the eviction order. Bill 60 wants to establish clear factors for when a postponement is actually allowed. 

Adding up to eight temporary sheriffs

These are the people who physically enforce eviction orders, and I have heard that some regions have severe backlogs and are severely understaffed. It is not an easy job. They are evicting tenants from their homes every day, and more staffing is necessary. 

Greater access to Landlord and Tenant Board decisions and orders

Bill 60 wants to increase public access so both tenants and landlords can perform due diligence before signing a lease. This sounds similar to what Weiting at Open Room is already doing. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/bill-60-explained-ontarios-new-rental-laws-what-landlords/id1100488294?i=1000737709630

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1V4X0bkYHiYfTUtATPJ0nu?si=iPmLFpn_QDGQbuH4y1DKvg

Amazon Music: https://musiche-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-bill-60-explained-ontario%E2%80%99s-new-rental-laws-what-landlords-need-to-know

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G3B9WQPB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/f3hbi7e5CEo

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Youtube-thumbnails-7.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-11-21 16:31:402025-12-12 07:08:06Ontario’s Bill 60: What Landlords Need to Know

How Canadian Developers Are Using Grants to Fund Affordable Rentals (Without Giving Up Control)

November 6, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2025
Guest:️ Chelsey Fawcett, OREIO President and Founder of Grant Solutions Canada 
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Affordable rental development in Canada is tough: land and trades are expensive, and rents can’t float to infinity. Grants—federal, provincial, municipal—and targeted credits can bridge the gap. In this episode, OREIO President and Grant Solutions Canada founder Chelsey Fawcett explains how developers build grantable projects, why many funds prefer build-and-hold rentals, and how manufacturing/employment grants support prefab and tiny-home production that lowers costs and speeds delivery. 

Key Takeaways: 

  • Grants fund solutions to public problems. Today’s problem is affordability; projects that reserve a share of units below local medians score higher and can unlock forgivable loan components. Developers should expect strict definitions (e.g., ~80% of median rents, program-dependent). 
  • Don’t double-dip CMHC programs. MLI Select and the Affordable Housing Fund serve different aims; you can’t stack them. Plan your capital stack early.  
  • Manufacturing & jobs matter. Prefab/tiny-home companies can access manufacturing, employment, export and environmental credits—separate from project grants—to reduce unit costs and scale production. 
  • Eligibility is real. Funders review your team, 3 years of financials, and risk. Many good ideas need gap-analysis work (governance, revenue diversity) before submitting.  
  • OREIO’s role: a growing hub (2nd Wednesdays) for investors to cross-pollinate and learn; yes, they’re recording sessions for members. 

What This Means for Canadian Investors: 
If you’re evaluating multi-family development, assume conventional financing alone may not pencil at today’s costs. Map your affordability commitments and non-dilutive funding sources early, then structure build-and-hold pro formas that satisfy program terms. Consider prefab partners to lock pricing, shorten timelines, and potentially qualify for manufacturing support on top of housing funds. 

Resources: 

  • Grant Solutions Canada (intake): grantsolutionscanada.ca. Grant Solutions Cana 
  • OREIO membership & events: oreio.org. oreio.org 
  • Small Living Company (Ontario tiny homes; some through Home Depot): smallliving.co. smallliving.co 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here


Government Grants for Real Estate Developers, Q&A With Chelsey Fawcett 

  1. What grants are available for Canadian real estate developers? 
    Available grants federal (e.g., CMHC/NHS), provincial, and municipal programs fund affordable rental supply; you can also stack tax credits, SHRED, employment, and manufacturing support where applicable. Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation 
  1. Do CMHC grants require affordable rents? 
    Yes—programs commonly require a portion of units priced below area median market rents for a set term, sometimes paired with forgivable-loan components. 
  1. Can I combine CMHC MLI Select with the Affordable Housing Fund? 
    No; they’re separate programs with different aims, and double-dipping isn’t allowed. Build your capital stack around one or the other.  
  1. What size of project makes sense to hire a grants firm? 
    Pipelines ≥ $1M (often 40–300+ units) benefit from strategy, lobbying, and underwriting support to increase award odds and speed.  
  1. Are tiny homes eligible for grants? 
    Manufacturers can access manufacturing, employment, export, and environmental programs; project-based housing grants depend on the affordability criteria and use case. 
  1. Why do housing grants favor build-and-hold? 
    Affordability goals require long-term rent commitments; build-and-hold ensures units remain below market for the program term.  
  1. What documents do funders review? 
    Developers should be prepared to provide three years of financials, details on corporate structure, pro formas, and a risk analysis. Many teams will also need to complete a gap assessment before submitting.  
  1. How do I make my project more “grantable”? 
    You should reserve affordable units, incorporate energy-efficient or low-carbon features, demonstrate diversified revenue streams, and engage potential funders before applying.
  1. Is networking still valuable for funding? 
    Yes—groups like OREIO offer monthly education + cross-pollination with seasoned investors, service providers, and policy-savvy experts. 
  1. Where can Canadian investors start? 
    Audit eligibility, choose the right CMHC/provincial/municipal lane, and speak with a grant strategist to stack non-dilutive capital. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Chelsey Fawcett is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/unlocking-affordable-housing-in-canada-grants-prefab/id1100488294?i=1000735552999

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/2J3dGKJZQ2WF3EuJZhM8IR?si=9tNmf-4yQxi53Dze4YdfGw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/c8b16acf-d5f2-4131-997f-b1f81661654f/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-unlocking-affordable-housing-in-canada-grants-prefab-homes-real-estate-investing-with-chelsey-fawcett

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G14XZNXB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/88j90CtXBAI

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Youtube-thumbnails-6.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-11-06 13:38:422025-11-07 21:56:25How Canadian Developers Are Using Grants to Fund Affordable Rentals (Without Giving Up Control)

How Canadians Actively Invest in America: E-2 Visa, Co-Living Strategy & Execution 

October 31, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Lauren Cohen, International lawyer and cross-border strategist
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Canadian investors are no longer waiting for Ottawa’s next move — they’re moving capital and opportunity south. In this episode, international lawyer and cross-border strategist Lauren Cohen explains how Canadians can actively invest in the U.S. using the E-2 visa and smart business models like co-living real estate.

The “Coveted” Visa: 
The E-2 visa allows Canadians to live in the U.S. while owning and operating a real business — typically granted in five-year renewable terms. It’s flexible, family-friendly (the spouse can work anywhere), and perfect for entrepreneurs who want to turn investments into lifestyle freedom. 

Active, Not Passive: 
Purely passive rentals don’t qualify for E-2 purposes. Lauren’s team builds operating businesses around real estate assets, ensuring they meet visa requirements and produce sustainable income. Most investors start with US$100–150K in capital to establish a credible, scalable structure. 

The Co-Living Edge: 
Think of co-living as co-working for housing — multiple tenants renting by the room with ensuite baths. In affordable, growth markets like Jacksonville, Houston, and Atlanta, these models can produce 14–16% cap rates with professional management and affordable entry points around US$300–350K. 

Timing Is Everything: 
Visa policy shifts can happen overnight. Canadians considering a move should structure their entities and business plans early, before new fees or restrictions appear. 

Next Steps: 
If you’re ready to combine immigration strategy, business execution, and cash-flow real estate, visit InvestingAcrossBorders.net to learn more or book a strategy session with Lauren Cohen. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here


10 Rapid Fire Q&A

  1. What is an E-2 visa for Canadians? 
    A renewable five-year visa that lets Canadians live in the U.S. while owning and operating a substantial business. 
  1. Can passive real estate qualify for E-2? 
    No — you must actively run a real, revenue-generating enterprise such as a co-living operation or service-based company. 
  1. How much investment do Canadians need for E-2? 
    Typically US$100K–150K, though higher investments demonstrate stronger credibility and sustainability. 
  1. What is co-living real estate? 
    A model where investors rent rooms by the door — like co-working for housing — yielding higher cash flow and flexibility. 
  1. Best U.S. markets for co-living in 2025? 
    Jacksonville, Houston, and Atlanta — affordable entry, job growth, and strong rental demand. 
  1. How much capital do I need to start? 
    Expect ~US$150K all-in, including 30% down and setup costs. 
  1. Why are Canadians shifting investments to the U.S.? 
    Better cash flow, more business-friendly policies, and visa-linked opportunities for lifestyle flexibility. 
  1. How quickly can U.S. visa rules change? 
    Changes can occur within 24 hours via presidential proclamations — proactive setup is essential. 
  1. Can my spouse work in the U.S. on an E-2 visa? 
    Yes, the E-2 spouse can work anywhere in the United States. 
  1. Where can Canadians learn about cross-border investing? 
    Visit InvestingAcrossBorders.net for resources, webinars, and personalized strategy sessions. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Lauren Cohen is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-canadians-actively-invest-in-america-e-2-visa-co/id1100488294?i=1000734435194

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/6YnZZ4vwLiepqzYhpT5FS3?si=b17b2feef85943eb

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/6f858e03-a030-435b-8305-fcba7788eeb7/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-canadians-actively-invest-in-america-e-2-visa-co-living-strategy-execution

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FYQFT7FY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/qDUbfZH-Pog

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Youtube-thumbnails3.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-31 14:46:552026-01-25 17:52:44How Canadians Actively Invest in America: E-2 Visa, Co-Living Strategy & Execution 

Apartments vs. Business Income: How Real Estate Investing Is Evolving in 2025

October 23, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Elizabeth Kelly, award-winning real estate investor, coach, and long-time educator 
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

In 2025, the phrase “buy a duplex, add a suite, and live off the cash flow” doesn’t hit the same.  The numbers literally don’t work when existing suited houses can be acquired for less $$. 

Canadian investors in Ontario, Quebec and BC (so the vast majority) are waking up to a new reality: the old formulas don’t work anymore. Rates are higher, values are soft, and “passive income” is harder to find north of the border. 

So what’s next? 

To unpack that, I sat down with Elizabeth Kelly — an award-winning real estate investor, coach, and long-time educator who’s been through multiple market cycles. Elizabeth built a 100+ unit portfolio, ran a full property management business in Northern Ontario, and today coaches investors on how to build real cash flow and resilience. 

Her message was clear: the future of investing looks less like “apartments” and more like “businesses.” 

The New Reality: Cash Flow Is Built, Not Bought 

Back in the early 2010s, Elizabeth and her husband could buy small-town multis with 5% down, get conventional financing, and cash flow from day one. 

Fast-forward to 2025: those days are gone. 

“You can’t copy a 2016 playbook and expect it to work in 2025,” she says. “Today, you have to build cash flow — not hope for it.” 

That means thinking like an operator, not just a landlord. The investors winning today are adding business income inside their properties — things like short-term rentals, storage, office rentals, or service-based tenants (salons, laundromats, co-working). 

Her own Northern Ontario building is a 33,000-square-foot former seniors’ home with multiple income lines: long-term rooms, offices, Airbnb units, and a salon. 
One property. Many businesses. Real cash flow. 

The Problem With “Government-Backed” Investing 

In the last few years, everyone and their cousin has been chasing CMHC MLI Select financing. Cheap debt, long amortizations — what’s not to love? 

Elizabeth’s warning: don’t build your business on government promises. 

“I don’t trust the government to keep giving cheap money forever. If policy changes, your whole model collapses.” 

She insists her portfolio must work without CMHC. The government may subsidize your project today — but the policy winds shift fast. If your deal only works with special financing, it’s not a deal. 

 From FOMO to Fundamentals 

Elizabeth spends much of her coaching time helping investors get out of trouble — overleveraged BRRRRs, private loans at 10–12%, or multifamily flips stuck mid-renovation. 

The root cause? FOMO and blind trust. 

“Too many investors handed off their judgment to brokers or mentors without understanding the math,” she says. “Education comes before execution.” 

She and her husband once spent $65,000 on mentorship and courses — and she says it saved them hundreds of thousands in mistakes. 

In 2025, education isn’t optional. It’s survival. 

The “Buy Box” That Fits You 

Every investor has a buy box — whether they know it or not. It’s your unique mix of: 

  • Cash flow needs 
  • Risk tolerance 
  • Time commitment 
  • Tenant type comfort 
  • Capital available 

Elizabeth’s advice: stop copying someone else’s playbook. 
Your buy box should match your lifestyle — not your friend’s or your Instagram feed. 

If you’re too busy or risk-averse to self-manage tenants, consider passive, managed options like U.S. single-family rentals (SHARE) or private lending with conservative LTVs. 

If you’re hungry for higher returns, be ready to operate like a business owner — not a spectator. 

Partnerships and Private Lending: Trust, Verify, and Control 

After seeing partnerships implode, Elizabeth now only partners with people who bring capital, competence, and character. 

“My reputation is worth more than any one deal,” she says. 

For private lenders, she warns: if you’re not ready to take over the property, you’re not ready to lend. Always be on title, know your LTV, and underwrite the borrower’s plan yourself. 

And if you wouldn’t want to own that exact property in that exact neighbourhood? Don’t lend on it. 

 The End of “Passive” Canada? 

With high prices and thin margins, truly passive real estate investing in Canada is nearly extinct. 

That’s why more Canadians are exploring U.S. single-family rentals, where landlord laws are friendlier, PM fees are success-based, and you keep full title control. (That’s what we do at SHARE — simple, cash-flowing homes in stable markets.) 

Whether you go cross-border or stay local, the rule is the same: 
Control your income, don’t chase someone else’s yield. 

Life Balance, Cryo Therapy, and the Bigger Picture 

After all that talk about resilience, Elizabeth and I agreed on one more thing: take care of yourself. 

Her go-to recovery tool? CryoStrong in Markham and Scarborough — a two-minute, -120°F cold therapy chamber that boosts energy and reduces inflammation. 

Because at the end of the day, financial freedom means nothing if you’re too burned out to enjoy it. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Final Thought 

Real estate is no longer a passive asset game. 
It’s a business — and your success depends on how well you can adapt, operate, and create value. 

“Build resilience and flexibility,” Elizabeth says. “Pivot faster than everyone else.” 


Rapid Fire: 10 Questions & Answers For Elizabeth Kelly 

  1. What real estate strategies still work for Canadian cash flow in 2025? 
    Mixed-use, legal STRs, and commercial-adjacent plays that add a business to the building—so you can force income instead of waiting for appreciation.  
  1. Should investors rely on CMHC/MLI Select for multifamily deals? 
    No—treat subsidies as bonus, not backbone; policy can change and derail financing timelines and exits.  
  1. How can I define a real estate “buy box”? 
    Match property type, tenant profile, market, and activity level to your goals, risk tolerance, and time—your buy box, not someone else’s.  
  1. Are partnerships safe for first-time investors? 
    Only if incentives, capital depth, and execution ability check out—and you can underwrite the deal yourself.  
  1. Is private lending still worth it in Canada? 
    Yes, when you’re on title at sensible LTVs, with clear recourse and a takeover plan; bad operators and weak collateral are the real risk.  
  1. What went wrong in New Brunswick for many investors? 
    Thin appreciation, higher non-owner property taxes, management challenges (even pests), and investor-driven price surges that weren’t sustainable.  
  1. How do I “force” cash flow without a gut reno? 
    Add income lines: furnished mid-term rentals, STR suites where legal, small offices, storage, vending, or service tenants that fit zoning.  
  1. What’s the fastest way to cut risk in a shaky portfolio? 
    Stabilize tenancy first, then refi/sell selectively; diversify income outside real estate to support debt coverage.  
  1. Is passive income realistic for Canadian residential rentals right now? 
    Rare—most “passive” plays need either business income add-ons or different markets (e.g., U.S. SFRs with aligned incentives). 
  2. What mindset do investors need in uncertain markets? 
    Resilience and flexibility: educate, pivot quickly, and balance optimism with brutal facts. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Elizabeth is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into her journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing/id1100488294?i=1000733146751

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/2kn4yxTDairBBjX7Yw8xpe?si=Ag0sdiHlRRGsYKdLG4p6dg

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/37ec4987-4fe2-4e29-b93e-3928288c755f/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing-is-evolving-in-2025

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FVPQ5Z6M?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/hoIwjG-PJrA

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ddd.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-23 15:57:032026-01-25 17:52:15Apartments vs. Business Income: How Real Estate Investing Is Evolving in 2025

️Why Canadian Multifamily Real Estate Still Makes Sense in 2025 – Insights from Alfonso Cuadra

October 17, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Alfonso Cuadra
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

In a market clouded by uncertainty, rising interest rates, and inflation, Alfonso Cuadra—entrepreneur, educator, and founder of Wealth Genius—makes a compelling case for why Canadian multifamily real estate remains one of the most resilient and strategic investments in 2025. 

On this week’s podcast, Alfonso shares his journey from teenage father to financially free investor by age 30. With over 26 years of experience and thousands of students mentored, Alfonso has built a portfolio that spans Canada and the U.S., focusing on scalable multifamily assets, commercial financing, and long-term wealth strategies. 

Key Takeaways from the Episode 

  1. Bigger Is Better in Real Estate

    Alfonso explains why scaling up to larger multifamily properties reduces risk and increases cash flow. With more units, landlords can afford on-site staff and professional management, turning real estate into a business—not a job.

  2. Equity Over Expensive Debt

    He warns against overleveraging with private loans and promissory notes, calling them “the lazy way to raise capital.” In  contrast, Alfonso advocates for equity partnerships that share risk and reward, especially during market downturns.

  3. CMHC and MLI Select: Use Responsibly

    CMHC’s MLI Select program may offer attractive leverage, but Alfonso urges investors to approach it with caution. He highlights the importance of preparing for renewal risks and meeting debt coverage ratio (DCR) requirements. To ensure long-term stability, he recommends sticking with a standard 40-year amortization

  4. Secondary Markets Are the Future

    Alfonso’s strategy focuses on secondary markets within an hour of major cities like Toronto and Ottawa. As urban centers densify, these surrounding areas offer predictable growth and better affordability.

  5. Inflation Is Inevitable—Invest in Hard Assets

    With Canada needing 5 million homes by 2030 and inflation eroding purchasing power, Alfonso sees multifamily real estate as the ultimate hedge. “Numbers don’t lie,” he says. “Multifamily just makes sense.”

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Upcoming Event: Expand Investor Conference 

Alfonso invites listeners to the Expand Investor Conference, happening October 31–November 2 in Mississauga. With over 50 presenters, breakout sessions, and networking opportunities, it’s Canada’s hottest real estate event. I, Erwin Szeto will also be speaking at the event.

Learn more: https://wealthgenius.ai 
Connect with Alfonso: https://instagram.com/alfonsocuadra 
Watch his developments: Canadian Real Estate Channel on YouTube 


Real Estate Investing in Canada: 2025 Q&A with Alfonso Cuadra 

  1. Why does Alfonso Cuadra prefer multifamily over single-family investing?
    Multifamily properties offer better cash flow, scalability, and risk distribution. With more units, landlords can afford professional management and avoid being hands-on.
  2. What’s the biggest mistake new investors make?
    Relying solely on property appreciation is speculation, not investing. Alfonso advises buying assets you’d be willing to hold for life.
  3. Why is commercial financing better for scaling real estate?
    Commercial mortgages focus on the asset’s performance, not personal income. This allows investors to scale even if they’re self-employed or have poor credit.
  4. What is Alfonso’s strategy for choosing markets in Canada?
    He targets secondary markets within an hour of major cities like Toronto or Ottawa. These areas are poised for growth and offer better affordability.
  5. How does Alfonso view CMHC and MLI Select financing?
    He uses MLI Select cautiously, warning that high leverage can backfire if debt coverage ratios aren’t met at renewal. Standard CMHC 40-year amortization is safer.
  6. What’s Alfonso’s stance on promissory notes and private lending?
    He strongly opposes unsecured loans like promissory notes, calling them risky and unsustainable. He prefers equity partnerships for long-term stability.
  7. Why is inflation a key reason to invest in real estate?
    Real estate is a hard asset that appreciates with inflation. Alfonso sees it as the best hedge against a weakening fiat currency system.
  8. What kind of developments is Alfonso building in 2025?
    He’s building stick-frame, 4–5 story multifamily buildings in secondary Ontario markets like Brockville and Arnprior. These are not subject to rent control.
  9. What’s the Expand Investor Conference about?
    It’s a 3-day event hosted by Wealth Genius, featuring 50+ presenters and breakout sessions. It focuses on optimizing portfolios and preparing for the global wealth transfer.
  10. Where can people learn more or connect with Alfonso Cuadra?
    Visit https://wealthgenius.ai or follow him on Instagram at https://instagram.com/alfonsocuadra. You can also find his developments on the Canadian Real Estate Channel on YouTube.

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Alfonso is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into his journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/why-canadian-multifamily-real-estate-still-makes-sense/id1100488294?i=1000732182131

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/3biCf3AJnKuvyMxVEnxuzj?si=2oIH0RkHTx6cBlJm1pC6vQ

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/e11fd92a-1543-4fab-9514-d632668365b2/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-why-canadian-multifamily-real-estate-still-makes-sense-in-2025-%E2%80%94-insights-from-alfonso-cuadra

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FWMB9H75?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ceHJKGLbnEI

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Youtube-thumbnails-4.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-17 17:59:342026-01-25 17:51:25️Why Canadian Multifamily Real Estate Still Makes Sense in 2025 – Insights from Alfonso Cuadra

Quitting Government After 22 Years: Luis Rivas’ Journey from Speculator to Real Estate Coach

October 2, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: September 2025
Guest: Luis Rivas
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

After 22 years in the federal government, Luis Rivas made a bold move—he retired early, cashed in his pension, and pivoted into real estate investing and coaching. In this episode, Luis shares how he went from speculating on Ottawa condos to building a multifamily portfolio across Canada and the U.S., and eventually becoming a head coach at WealthGenius. 

Luis opens up about the emotional toll of leaving a secure job, the lessons learned during COVID, and the mindset shift required to thrive as an investor. He breaks down his strategy for underwriting multifamily deals, targeting 5–6% cap rates, and why he’s now looking south of the border for better returns and landlord-friendly policies. 

We also dive into the challenges of being a landlord in Ontario, the importance of property management, and why Canadians must invest to secure their retirement. Luis shares his formula for calculating how big your portfolio needs to be to hit your lifestyle goals—and why legacy planning matters more than ever. 

📍 Catch Luis at the Expand Conference in Mississauga, October 31–November 2, where he’ll be speaking alongside top investors. 
🎤 I, Erwin Szeto, will also be speaking at the event. 
📲 Connect with Luis: Instagram & YouTube — @cashflow.rivas 


Real Estate Investing & Coaching with Luis Rivas: Top Questions

  1. How did Luis Rivas transition from government work to real estate investing? 
    He retired early during COVID, cashed in his pension, and began coaching while building a multifamily portfolio. 
  1. What was Luis Rivas’ first real estate investment? 
    Two pre-construction condos in Ottawa, which he later sold due to poor cash flow and lack of appreciation. 
  1. Why does Luis prefer multifamily properties over condos? 
    Multifamily offers better cash flow, scalability, and commercial financing options, especially in secondary markets. 
  1. What cap rate does Luis target in his investments? 
    He aims for 5–6% cap rates, with property management included in the underwriting. 
  1. Why is Luis looking to invest in the U.S. market? 
    U.S. markets offer better cap rates, landlord-friendly laws, and more scalable property management systems. 
  1. What advice does Luis give to new investors? 
    Get educated, join a community, and design your portfolio based on your lifestyle goals—not arbitrary door counts. 
  1. How does Luis calculate the size of a portfolio needed for retirement? 
    He uses a formula based on monthly income goals, cash-on-cash return, and equity share to determine total portfolio value. 
  1. What are the risks of investing in rural or tertiary markets? 
    Limited financing, property management, and appreciation can cripple deals if not properly managed. 
  1. What is Luis’ take on Ontario’s rent control policies? 
    He believes they unfairly burden landlords and discourage investment, pushing many to look outside Ontario. 
  2. What asset classes is Luis exploring next? 
    He’s researching self-storage and care homes, especially in Texas, for their automation potential and lack of rent control. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Luis is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into his journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/pensions-vs-real-estate-which-really-builds-wealth/id1100488294?i=1000729706240

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/7FtMpPavD0xMB8riqiayGc?si=WFCkN9wDTu-GJo8sf8Jhxw&nd=1&dlsi=3d5328e1d2b54a60

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/41112347-107b-407a-ab97-b7a674773e7b/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-pensions-vs-real-estate-which-really-builds-wealth

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FTMP1RMM?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/mWBef5KN5W4

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Luis-Rivas.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-02 12:52:592026-01-25 17:49:18Quitting Government After 22 Years: Luis Rivas’ Journey from Speculator to Real Estate Coach

From Family Crisis to Debt-Free Kids: Holistic Wealth Planning in Action 

September 18, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2022
Guest: Arminda Simao
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Building a Wealth Plan with Student Rentals

When Arminda and her late husband Frank bought two student rentals near McMaster University in 2015, they weren’t chasing a trend. They were building a plan. With guidance from me as their Realtor and investment specialist, they targeted solid properties just outside the campus hot zone—close to transit and groceries—then upgraded them with student-friendly finishes and safety standards. The goal wasn’t door-count bragging rights; it was financial freedom for their family and a path to help their kids through school without debilitating debt.

Cash Flow and Stability Through Real Estate Investing

Within months, they owned two income properties, each configured for multiple student rooms. Rent supported expenses and created net cash flow—about $1,500/month across both houses—while giving their daughter Alexia a safe place to live during undergrad. The plan worked because it balanced fundamentals: quality renovations, conservative financing, and a steady rental niche with built-in turnover (students graduate, rents reset). 

The Role of Insurance and Pensions

Then life changed. Frank—healthy, proactive about checkups—was diagnosed with glioblastoma, an aggressive brain cancer, with a 12–18 month prognosis. Overnight, the plan’s resilience was tested. What carried the family wasn’t just real estate cash flow; it was the right mix of real estate, insurance, and a pension. A $100,000 critical illness payout created breathing room at diagnosis. Life insurance later provided stability. Most importantly, Frank’s union pension continued as survivor income for Arminda—a predictable cash flow for life. For most Canadian investors, that kind of pension is the dividing line between uncertainty and confidence in retirement.  

Insuring the Family vs. Insuring the Mortgage

Arminda also learned the difference between insuring the mortgage and insuring the family. During a refinance, the bank offered mortgage life insurance; they declined. After Frank’s passing, Arminda regretted that decision because the rental mortgages remained. The practical takeaway for Canadian investors: rather than lender-tied mortgage insurance (declining balance, lender as beneficiary), consider adding a death benefit to a personally owned life insurance policy. It’s flexible, portable across lenders, and allows the family—not the bank—to decide whether to retire debt, fund education, or reinvest.  

Student Rentals That Stand the Test of Time

Despite the hardship, the long-term outcomes speak for themselves. Alexia advanced through dental school; Leandro completed denturism and is working in his field. The rentals kept performing—even through the pandemic—thanks to student demand and disciplined operations. Arminda set high standards (safety, cleanliness, responsive maintenance), relied on her network (contractors, landscapers), and empowered tenants to help with showings and referrals. The result: strong retention, smooth turnovers, and market-aligned rents over time.  

Lessons for Canadian Investors 

  • Real estate builds wealth when you buy right, renovate to standard, and price for quality. 
  • Insurance provides liquidity and flexibility when life happens—critical illness and life insurance are not “nice to have”; they’re essential. 
  • Pensions sustain stability. If you don’t have a defined-benefit pension, build your own with positive-cash-flow income properties and pension-style solutions (segregated funds or annuities). 
  • Insure the family, not just the mortgage. Increasing personal life insurance death benefit typically beats mortgage insurance for flexibility and estate efficiency. 
  • Think holistically: real estate + insurance + pension + estate planning = resilience. 

This re-release is perfectly timed with our Wealth Summit 2025 and the launch of iWIN Wealth Planner—a holistic, one-stop shop for wealth planning. If you’ve ever wondered, “Will I have enough to retire—and how much will I leave for my kids?”—Arminda’s story shows how a plan turns those questions into answers. 

Wealth Summit 2025 – September 27th, 2025 | Oakville & Online

We’re bringing back the same energy and insight that made our Wealth Hacker Conferences legendary, where Grant Cardone and Jesse Itzler once took the stage, but this year, the focus is on what really matters for long-term financial freedom:

  • Best practices in financial and estate planning
  • How to build or replace a pension
  • Protecting your wealth and minimizing taxes legally
  • Wills, power of attorney, and intergenerational wealth transfer

This will be an intimate, high-impact event with only 40 in-person seats in Oakville, plus limited online access. If you’re serious about securing your financial future, you won’t want to miss it.

🎟️ Save your spot now
⚡ Don’t wait—seats are already filling up!


10 Essential Q&As on Real Estate, Insurance, and Building Your Own Pension 

1. What’s the safest starting strategy for Canadian real estate investors?

Focus on student rentals near transit and groceries, renovated to a high standard with proper life-safety. This niche offers steady demand and natural turnover for rent resets.

2. How did real estate help Arminda achieve financial freedom?

Two cash-flowing student rentals generated about $1,500/month combined and provided housing for her daughter. That income, plus long-term appreciation, supported her family through a health crisis.

3. What role did insurance play in Arminda’s plan?

Critical illness paid $100,000 at diagnosis and life insurance provided tax-free funds later. Together they gave liquidity and stability when it mattered most.

4. Why is a pension so critical for retirement planning?

Frank’s union pension became lifetime survivor income for Arminda, providing predictable cash flow independent of markets or tenants. For many Canadian investors, a pension is the biggest factor in sustainable retirement.

5. Mortgage insurance vs. personal life insurance—what’s better?

Increasing a personal life insurance death benefit is usually superior to lender mortgage insurance. It’s flexible, portable, level coverage, and your family—not the bank—controls the payout.

6. How can investors without a workplace pension build one?

Combine positive cash-flow income properties with pension-style solutions like segregated funds or annuities. This creates reliable income streams that mimic a defined-benefit pension.

7. Did student rentals hold up during the pandemic?

Arminda had only a brief vacancy period, and demand rebounded strongly, with room rents moving higher. Quality properties in the right micro-market fared well.

8. What makes a student rental competitive?

Clean, safe renovations; responsive maintenance; and proximity to McMaster University, transit, and grocery options. Tenants will pay for quality and convenience.

9. How did estate planning affect Arminda’s outcome?

Wills, POAs, and beneficiary designations simplified decisions during crisis. The family’s existing life insurance and pension coordination made the transition manageable.

10. What’s the biggest takeaway for Canadian investors seeking financial freedom?

Holistic financial planning wins: real estate for growth, insurance for protection, and pensions (or pension replacements) for stability. Don’t just insure the mortgage—insure the family.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Arminda is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into her family’s journey, the role of real estate, insurance, and pensions, and how holistic wealth planning can reshape your financial future.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/financial-freedom-after-family-crisis-arminda-simaos/id1100488294?i=1000727352534

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/51p1yn6DY4Rc6WBxs9wnUZ?si=Cp3P_mNzR0KxK0o3jLpg3A

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/be2f2772-fbab-4407-ad48-232ac0eef2d8/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-financial-freedom-after-family-crisis-arminda-simao%E2%80%99s-holistic-wealth-planning-in-action

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FRN9S517?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/4yDmdldNkpU

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnails1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-18 17:48:332025-09-18 17:48:36From Family Crisis to Debt-Free Kids: Holistic Wealth Planning in Action 

Solving Ontario’s Rental Crisis & Profiting—One Smart Building at a Time 

September 9, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: September 2025
Guest: Jimmy La and Kartik Singla, SDG Canada
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Canada’s housing crisis isn’t going away—and developers like Jimmy La and Kartik Singla are stepping up with bold, scalable solutions. In this episode, I had an insightful conversation with the co-founders of SDG Canada about their ambitious infill development strategy, the benefits of CMHC’s MLI Select financing, and how their Clapperton Village project in Barrie is reshaping the rental landscape.

Key Takeaways

  • SDG Canada is building modular, energy-efficient rental housing tailored for multi-generational families. 
  • Their Clapperton Village development includes 100+ units across nine buildings, with plans to expand to 150. 
  • The project is powered by CMHC’s MLI Select program, allowing 95% financing and long amortization terms. 
  • Amenities include EV chargers, co-working spaces, gyms, and even air/water quality tracking. 
  • The Missing Middle Conference on Sept 12 at the Fairmont Royal York will bring together mayors, ministers, and developers to tackle housing challenges head-on. 

Why It Matters:

With Ontario falling short of its housing targets and immigration numbers rising, the need for smart, scalable rental housing has never been greater. SDG’s approach—low-rise, family-friendly, and financially viable—is a blueprint for the future.

Don’t Miss These Two Game-Changing Events

Missing Middle Conference – September 12th, 2025 | Fairmont Royal York, Toronto

Canada’s housing crisis won’t be solved by chance—it requires bold ideas and collaboration. That’s exactly what the Missing Middle Conference is all about. Hosted by Jimmy La and Kartik Singla of SDG Canada, this one-day event brings together the brightest minds in housing and development, including:

  • Mayor Olivia Chow (Toronto), the Mayor of Burlington, and other city leaders
  • Federal and Provincial Housing Ministers’ teams
  • Top developers, consultants, and investors
  • And of course, Erwin Szeto, host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians

If you care about the future of housing, want to understand how to profit from infill development, or are simply seeking to network with leaders driving change, this is where you need to be.

🎟️ Reserve your spot now at themmc.ca
💸 Use code MMC15% for 15% off tickets

Wealth Summit 2025 – September 27th, 2025 | Oakville & Online

After you’ve learned how to create millions through real estate development, it’s time to protect and multiply that wealth. That’s where the Wealth Summit 2025 comes in.

We’re bringing back the same energy and insight that made our Wealth Hacker Conferences legendary, where Grant Cardone and Jesse Itzler once took the stage, but this year, the focus is on what really matters for long-term financial freedom:

  • Best practices in financial and estate planning
  • How to build or replace a pension
  • Protecting your wealth and minimizing taxes legally
  • Wills, power of attorney, and intergenerational wealth transfer

This will be an intimate, high-impact event with only 40 in-person seats in Oakville, plus limited online access. If you’re serious about securing your financial future, you won’t want to miss it.

🎟️ Save your spot now
⚡ Don’t wait—seats are already filling up!


Smart Rental Development in Ontario: What You Need to Know

1. What is the Missing Middle in real estate?

The Missing Middle refers to housing types between single-family homes and high-rise condos—like duplexes, triplexes, and low-rise apartments.

2. Why is SDG Canada focused on infill development?

Infill allows them to add density in existing neighborhoods, using underutilized lots to build 6–60 unit rentals that meet real demand.

3. What is CMHC’s MLI Select program?

MLI Select is a financing program offering up to 95% loan coverage and long amortization for energy-efficient, affordable rental projects. 

4. How many units is SDG Canada currently developing?

They have 100 units in the pipeline across nine buildings, with plans to scale to 150 units in Barrie.

5. Why is Barrie a good market for rental development?

Lower land costs, supportive city planning, and proximity to new university campuses make Barrie ideal for scalable rental housing.

6. What kind of tenants are SDG’s buildings designed for?

Multi-generational families, professionals, and renters are seeking larger units with modern amenities. 

7. What amenities are included in Clapperton Village?

EV chargers, co-working spaces, gyms, saunas, air and water quality tracking, and shared outdoor areas.

8. Will MLI Select still be available in five years?

Yes—projects are grandfathered into the program with 50-year insured mortgages, making refinancing viable long-term.

9. How does modular construction help with sustainability?

It reduces waste, speeds up build time, and enables energy-efficient designs that exceed code by 45%.

10. What’s happening at the Missing Middle Conference?

Mayors, housing ministers, developers, and investors will gather to align on solutions for Canada’s housing crisis. 


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with the co-founders of SDG Canada is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into their infill development strategy, the role of CMHC’s MLI Select financing, and how Clapperton Village is reshaping the rental landscape in Barrie.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/canadas-housing-crisis-the-missing-middle-conference-2025/id1100488294?i=1000725725920

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/7cOMIueDkR3utoSJ8J4UuH?si=IY8j3GTvSli8icVpgvWFvg

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/930a-66d033586541/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-canada%E2%80%99s-housing-crisis-the-missing-middle-conference-2025

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FQ4GN8T7?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/pGa85Erc9us

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnailsS-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-09 17:44:102025-09-18 15:33:49Solving Ontario’s Rental Crisis & Profiting—One Smart Building at a Time 

From Townhomes to Development: Michael Ponte’s Contrarian Take on Real Estate Investing 

September 4, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Michael Ponte, the Founder of Savvy Investor
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Welcome back to another episode of “The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians.” On this episode, I had the pleasure of welcoming back a four-time guest, my friend and seasoned investor, Michael Ponte. In our chat, he shared his perspective on how real estate investing has changed, his unique take on CMHC MLI Select financing, and the surprising connection between bodybuilding and disciplined investing.

The Evolution of Real Estate Investing

I’ve been in this game for a while, and it’s fascinating to see how the landscape has changed. Michael’s story is a great example. He started back in 2001 with a simple townhome in Edmonton, bought for just $78,000. It was an affordable entry point that offered solid cash flow. But as we discussed, those days are largely gone. That same property is now pushing $300,000, and the rent just hasn’t kept up. As Michael pointed out, the game has shifted. To make a deal work in today’s market, you often need to look at more complex strategies like development and intensive renovations.

A Contrarian View on CMHC MLI Select

In our community, CMHC MLI Select financing has a lot of buzz. But Michael offered a compelling counterpoint. He’s cautious about the trend of overleveraging and relying on government-backed financing to justify what he sees as overpriced deals. His concern is that many of these projects are priced at the very top of the market, leaving little room for error or a way to add value. He stressed that he still believes in the fundamental rule of “making your money on the buy” and prefers to focus on older multifamily properties where he can create value through smart renovations and operational improvements.

Bodybuilding and Real Estate: A Discipline-Driven Parallel

One of the most powerful moments of our conversation was when Michael opened up about his bodybuilding journey. After a serious health scare, he committed to an intense training and nutrition regimen, which led him to place in the top five in multiple competitions. He drew a brilliant parallel between the discipline, sacrifice, and mindset required for bodybuilding and what it takes to succeed in real estate. The lesson? Success isn’t about chasing the next shiny object; it’s about consistency and long-term discipline.

Key Takeaways

Real estate investing has moved beyond simple buy-and-hold strategies to require more complex development and value-add approaches.

  • CMHC MLI Select financing can be risky if used to justify a bad deal.
  • Discipline and long-term thinking are critical for success in both investing and life.
  • Treat your real estate ventures like a business with systems and a focus on scalability.
  • Stability and time are more valuable than chasing quick, flashy opportunities.

Bonus: Savvy Investor Summit

Bonus: Savvy Investor Summit

Before we wrapped up, Michael gave us a sneak peek into the upcoming Savvy Investor Summit, a free two-day virtual conference happening on September 13–14, 2025. It sounds incredible, with speed networking, an exhibitor hall, and over $10,000 in prizes, including a Caribbean cruise for two.

To find out more and register for the event, head over to: https://thesavvyinvestor.ca

Join Cherry Chan and me at the WEALTH SUMMIT 2025 on Saturday morning, September 27th, 2025. Seating is extremely limited, so block off your calendar now. We’ll also be broadcasting the event as a webinar. And yes—lunch is sponsored, so you can stick around and network with fellow investors. Save a spot for yourself now


Real Estate Investing in 2025: Contrarian Insights from Michael Ponte 

1. What is CMHC MLI Select, and why is it controversial among Canadian real estate investors?

CMHC MLI Select is a multifamily mortgage financing program offering high leverage and long amortization for apartment developments. Michael Ponte cautions that many investors rely on it to justify overpriced deals, increasing financing risk if market conditions shift.

2. Why are townhomes no longer a strong investment in the Canadian real estate market?

Townhomes that once offered solid cash flow now suffer from poor rental yields. Prices have surged while rents lag, collapsing the cash flow ratio and making them less viable for new real estate investors.

3. How has Canadian real estate investing evolved over the past two decades?

Investing has shifted from affordable townhomes to large-scale development projects and multifamily conversions. Michael Ponte emphasizes the need for adaptability and a disciplined investing mindset.

4. What are the risks of overleveraging in real estate development?

Overleveraging increases debt exposure and financing risk, especially in volatile markets. Michael warns that relying on aggressive financing structures can leave investors vulnerable to interest rate hikes and market corrections.

5. How does bodybuilding relate to real estate investor discipline?

Michael Ponte’s experience as a competitive bodybuilder taught him the value of consistency, sacrifice, and mental toughness. These traits directly translate to disciplined real estate investing and long-term success.

6. What is the Savvy Investor Summit, and who should attend?

The Savvy Investor Summit is a free Canadian real estate conference happening September 13–14, 2025. It’s designed for investors seeking business systems, networking, and expert insights across multifamily, development, and property management.

7. How can investors identify low ROI properties in their portfolio?

Michael recommends reviewing your portfolio for properties with poor cash flow or high management demands. Selling these underperforming assets can free up time and capital for stronger investments.

8. Why does Michael Ponte prefer older multifamily buildings over new developments?

Older multifamily properties offer better value-add opportunities through renovations and operational improvements. Michael believes they provide stronger returns and lower risk than high-priced new builds.

9. What mindset mistakes do new real estate investors often make?

New real estate investors often chase door count or flashy strategies without understanding business fundamentals. Michael stresses the importance of systems, scalability, and treating real estate as a long-term business.

10. Is the Canadian real estate market still viable for investors in 2025?

Yes, but strategies must evolve. Michael advises focusing on fundamentals, avoiding hype, and adapting to changing conditions in the Canadian real estate market in 2025.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Michael is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of protecting themselves as an Ontario landlord and building a stress-free investment portfolio.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-bodybuilding-to-real-estate-investing-michaels/id1100488294?i=1000725002855

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1gkYYhLHSFDZZr6ddVsnxM?si=4GA2cXr2QNeoC21mpARscA

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-bodybuilding-to-real-estate-investing-michael%E2%80%99s-24-year-investor-journey-lessons-learned

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FM8J4HPY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/4o4Vo0RVZ7w

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnailsx.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-04 15:43:042025-09-08 11:25:17From Townhomes to Development: Michael Ponte’s Contrarian Take on Real Estate Investing 

The Shocking Truth About Landlords in Ontario: 10 Fast Facts Every Investor Should Know

August 29, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Boubah, Co-Founder of the Small Ownership Landlords of Ontario (SOLO)
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


I’ll never forget our first non-paying tenant back in 2007.

The property was over 100 years old—charming in its own way—and brand new to us as owners. It was only our third investment property, and looking back… we really didn’t know what we were doing.

We missed obvious red flags, like the tenant’s SIN number being wrong. The two roommates were new to town, desperate for a place to rent, and we were too nice. We signed a lease. We accepted a personal cheque for the first and last month’s rent. And yes, we even handed over the keys before the cheque cleared. You know where this is going.

It was 2007, so expenses weren’t as brutal as they are today, but the ordeal still cost us around $10,000—including legal fees. The worst part? My partners were family. We were all upset, confused, and completely unprepared.

None of us even knew what an N4 was (a notice for eviction due to non-payment of rent). But our tenant sure did. When my family member handed him the notice at his workplace—Boston Pizza—he yelled at us to never come back.

Meanwhile, this same tenant was busy making himself at home—he even installed a heavy bag (the kind boxers use), drilled right into the living room ceiling. All while never paying a single dollar in rent. That was our introduction to Ontario’s rental system.

What no one told us in the early days was just how stacked the system is against landlords. How could I not change the locks on my own property when the tenant hadn’t even paid first and last month’s rent? Because if I did, the tenants could simply call the police—and in my experience, the police would side with them. The tenant. WTF?!

Fast Forward to Today…

It’s been nearly 20 years since that first painful lesson. Since then, I’ve coached more than 350 investor clients through their own journeys, and as a licensed Realtor since 2010, I’ve truly seen it all. And I can say with confidence: things have only gotten worse for landlords in Ontario.

That’s why I invited the co-founder of S.O.L.O. (Small Ontario Landlords Organization) onto my podcast. In this episode, we dive into the harsh realities of being a landlord in Ontario, where the system knows what’s broken, yet continues to side against landlords.

We talk about eviction parties, fraud teams, and how S.O.L.O. has grown into a 9,000-member grassroots movement. We also explore why so many Canadian investors are now looking south to landlord-friendly U.S. states—where the laws are clearer, the cash flow is stronger, and the risks are lower.

📅 Save the Date!

Cherry Chan and I are co-hosting an in-person meetup at our Oakville offices on Saturday morning, September 27th, 2025. Seating is extremely limited, so block off your calendar now. We’ll also be broadcasting the event as a webinar. And yes—lunch is sponsored, so you can stick around and network with fellow investors. Save a spot for yourself now

If you’re a landlord in Ontario—or thinking about becoming one—this episode is a must-listen. And if you’ve ever felt alone in the trenches, know this: you’re not. Tune in, learn, and let’s keep fighting the good fight… or, like me and so many frustrated landlords, consider taking the easier way out. 😊


🧠 10 Fast Facts Every Ontario Landlord Needs to Know

1. What is SOLO and who does it help?
SOLO (Small Ontario Landlords Organization) is a nonprofit that supports small landlords navigating Ontario’s rental system. It offers education, advocacy, and peer support to landlords facing tenant issues. 

2. Why is being a landlord in Ontario considered high risk?
Ontario landlords face long eviction timelines, limited legal recourse, and tenant-friendly laws that often delay resolution. The system is widely seen as stacked against property owners. 

3. How long does it take to evict a non-paying tenant in Ontario?
Evicting a non-paying tenant in Ontario can take 8 to 11 months, factoring in hearings, decisions, and sheriff scheduling. Professional tenants can stretch this process even longer. 

4. What is an N4 notice in Ontario real estate?
An N4 is a formal notice used by Ontario landlords to begin eviction proceedings for non-payment of rent. Many first-time landlords are unaware of this essential legal tool. 

5. Can landlords change the locks if rent isn’t paid in Ontario? 
No, Ontario law prohibits landlords from changing locks without a formal eviction order, even if rent hasn’t been paid. This legal restriction often surprises new landlords. 

6. What are eviction parties and why does SOLO organize them?
Eviction parties are community support events where volunteers help landlords clean up and emotionally recover after a tenant eviction. They reinforce that landlords are not alone. 

7. What is a professional tenant and why are they a problem? 
Professional tenants exploit Ontario’s rental laws to live rent-free for months by delaying hearings and abusing legal loopholes. They target small landlords who lack screening systems. 

8. Why are Ontario landlords investing in the U.S. instead? 
Many Ontario landlords are shifting to landlord-friendly U.S. states like Texas and Georgia for better cash flow, faster evictions, and stronger property rights. The risk-reward ratio is more favorable. 

9. What role does SOLO play in landlord advocacy?  
SOLO lobbies government officials, educates media, and supports legal reform to protect small landlords. It has met with the Premier and Minister of Housing multiple times. 

10. Is Ontario the worst jurisdiction for landlords in North America?
According to SOLO, Ontario is the only jurisdiction in North America where tenants can remain in a property without paying rent for extended periods. This makes it uniquely challenging for landlords. 


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Boubah is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of protecting yourself as an Ontario landlord, navigating legal hurdles, and building a stress-free investment portfolio.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-landlord-crisis-tenant-fraud-evictions-solo/id1100488294?i=1000724039750

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1gkYYhLHSFDZZr6ddVsnxM?si=4GA2cXr2QNeoC21mpARscA

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/0186684c-5f4a-48ab-bc77-637c9138dfec/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-landlord-crisis-tenant-fraud-evictions-solo-ca-solutions

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FP5NFL51?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Youtube: https://youtu.be/M_wHsRgi50Y

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails4.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-08-29 17:05:212025-09-08 11:25:20The Shocking Truth About Landlords in Ontario: 10 Fast Facts Every Investor Should Know
Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

August 19, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A
Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Brian Young, Founder and CEO of Home Painters Toronto
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


When it comes to getting top dollar for your property—whether selling or renting—painting is one of the highest-ROI renovations you can make. This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with Brian Young, founder and CEO of Home Painters Toronto, the city’s top-rated painting company.

With over 37 years in business, $3M+ in annual revenue, and more than 17,000 completed projects, Brian has mastered the art (and science) of delivering quality renovations quickly and profitably. His client list includes homeowners, landlords, and real estate agents who know that first impressions sell homes.

From Student Painter to Industry Leader

Brian launched Home Painters Toronto in 1987 while still a student at York University. What began as a summer job quickly evolved into a thriving business. Over the decades, Brian adapted to changing markets, shifting from cold-calling to a sophisticated online marketing machine, complete with SEO, social media, and review optimization.

Investor-Friendly Renovations That Pay Off

For real estate investors, every dollar counts. Brian recommends:

  • Prioritizing walls: Light, neutral colors like Decorator’s White, Cloud Cover, or Silver Satin appeal to the widest audience.
  • Targeting first impressions: Focus on the front door, entryway, kitchen, and main living spaces before secondary rooms.
  • Avoiding over-customization: Skip accent walls and bold colors when prepping for sale or rent.

Considering vinyl plank flooring over laminate for rentals—durable, water-resistant, and cost-effective.

Mistakes to Avoid

Brian has seen it all. Among the most common investor missteps:

  • Spending money where there’s no ROI, like removing stucco ceilings unnecessarily.
  • Neglecting small but impactful repairs, such as damaged trim or worn door handles.
  • Hiring trades without clear expectations or inspection schedules.

The Systems Behind a $3M Business

Incredibly, Brian has 8X’d his business while cutting his hours. His keys:

  • Switching from subcontractors to in-house crews for better quality control.
  • Using SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) for every job.
  • Leveraging virtual assistants and overseas talent for admin work.
  • Holding team members accountable with daily photo updates and weekly calls.

Why Now is the Time to Renovate

With material and labor costs back to pre-pandemic levels, Brian says investors with cash should act now. “During COVID, costs were up 30–40% across the board. Now we’re back to 2018–2019 pricing—if you can renovate now, you’ll save.”

Learn More

If you’re in the GTA and want a free quote, visit HomePaintersToronto.com or call 416-494-9095. Even if you’re outside the area, Brian is happy to share advice from his 37 years in business.


🧠 8 Renovation Q&As Every Real Estate Investor Should Know

1. What is the highest-ROI renovation for selling a home?
Painting is often the best return-on-investment renovation, especially when focusing on main living areas, kitchens, and the front entrance.

2. Which paint colors appeal most to buyers?
Light, neutral shades like Decorator’s White, Cloud Cover, and Silver Satin work best for broad market appeal.

3. Should I replace or paint my kitchen cabinets?
Painting or spraying cabinets can cost 70–80% less than replacing them, making it the smarter choice in most cases.

4. What’s the best flooring for rental properties?
Vinyl plank flooring is durable, water-resistant, and more cost-effective than laminate or hardwood for rentals.

5. How can investors control renovation quality?
Set clear expectations in writing, inspect key milestones, and require photo updates from contractors.

6. What renovations should investors avoid before selling?
Skip personal design touches, unnecessary stucco removal, and painting rarely-seen spaces like closets.

7. Are renovation costs lower now than during COVID?
Yes—labor and materials have largely returned to pre-pandemic prices, making now a good time to renovate.

8. Why switch from subcontractors to employees in a renovation business?
Employees allow for more consistent quality control, easier implementation of SOPs, and stronger accountability.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Brian Young is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of painting for profit, building a successful business, and investor-friendly renovations

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/ro2A_7ds-ao

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-08-19 15:42:362025-08-19 19:47:45Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

From False Start to 5 Duplexes, a Ski Chalet, and Ground-Up Development: How Increasing Complexity Drives Returns Today

August 15, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth

 

In 2003, a Canadian couple was eager to invest in real estate. They joined REIN, took the quick start weekend course, and learned the basics. But like many would-be investors, they stalled before buying their first property. The perceived barriers felt too high. Looking back, they admit that 2003 was an incredible buying opportunity — one they completely missed.

Not Understanding Hard, Scarce Assets and the Monetary System

By 2009, they finally took the plunge, buying a two-bedroom townhouse in Windsor. But their understanding of real estate was incomplete.
They knew about cash flow and mortgage paydown, but they didn’t grasp the third wealth driver: equity appreciation — especially how it’s tied to monetary policy and money printing.

After the 2008–2009 financial crisis, central banks responded with massive money creation. This was the starting gun for one of the greatest real estate bull runs in history. But at the time, they didn’t see it. Nervous about prices and the economy, they sold the townhouse for a small loss. Today, that same property would likely be worth four times as much.

The Comeback: Five Duplex Conversions in 15 Months

It wasn’t until 2017 that they committed fully. Inspired by re-reading Real Estate Investing in Canada while on vacation, they bought five single-family homes in Cobourg, Ontario, and converted them into duplexes — all in just 15 months.

The strategy worked. They targeted “awesome assets in awesome locations” — downtown, near the beach, and within walking distance to top schools. At the time, purchase prices of $420K plus $60–80K in renovations could be refinanced for $550K, enabling them to recycle capital quickly.

When the Math No Longer Works

Fast forward to today: those Cobourg properties are still owned, but high interest rates and today’s pricing have changed the picture. Two are cash-flow positive; four are not. With purchase prices now in the $750K–$850K range and renovations easily hitting $150K, new acquisitions simply don’t make sense.

The conclusion is blunt: If the spreadsheet doesn’t show positive cash flow after all costs, it’s not worth doing.

Pivoting to Lifestyle-Driven, Scarce Asset Investing

The answer wasn’t to quit real estate — it was to pivot.
The focus shifted to properties that are not only financially sound but also scarce and personally meaningful. That led to purchasing a luxury six-bedroom, ski-in/ski-out short-term rental in Mont-Tremblant.

Why Tremblant? Regulatory clarity, year-round demand, and true scarcity. There are only about 25 six-bedroom-plus STR properties on the mountain. The property commands up to $5,000 a night during peak season, and underwriting ensures it breaks even after all costs — property management, maintenance, and repairs — while serving as a vacation home.

The Next Step: Ground-Up Development

With the numbers no longer working for simple buy-and-hold rentals, the next logical move was into more complex, higher-return projects. The latest venture is a ground-up commercial development in Southwestern Ontario — a leap that combines market knowledge, a trusted partnership, and years of experience managing risk.

It’s part of a broader investment philosophy: as markets change, so must the investor. Where once a basic duplex conversion could deliver solid returns, today’s environment often requires greater complexity, higher risk, and more creativity to make the math work.

Looking Ahead: More Complexity, More Opportunity

The portfolio now spans:

  1. Five duplex conversions in prime Cobourg locations
  2. A luxury ski-in/ski-out short-term rental in Mont-Tremblant
  3. A ground-up commercial development project underway

There’s also an eye on U.S. real estate for its landlord-friendly laws, better cash flow potential, and diversification benefits.

The core philosophy remains the same: own hard, scarce, uncorrelated assets — a private business, quality real estate in prime locations, and Bitcoin.

In a market where the easy wins are gone, this journey is a reminder that the math matters, scarcity wins, and adaptability is the real competitive edge.

Or… You Could Skip the Complexity Entirely

Not everyone wants to take on $2-million luxury ski rentals or ground-up development projects that require years of work, carry substantial risk, and often feel like another full-time job.

That’s why there’s SHARE — the alternative for Canadian investors who want:

  • Positive cash flow from day one
  • Low-interest financing
  • Passive, done-for-you investing in landlord-friendly U.S. markets

With SHARE, you get the benefits of owning income property without the headaches of sourcing deals, managing renovations, or dealing with tenants. Your investment works for you from day one — simply, securely, and profitably.

Learn more and get started today at http://iwin.sharesfr.com

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtube/qUJsfEvjkaU

 

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?

  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?

  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails-2.png 720 1280 truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth2025-08-15 13:10:452025-08-15 13:29:10From False Start to 5 Duplexes, a Ski Chalet, and Ground-Up Development: How Increasing Complexity Drives Returns Today

Legal Landmines in Real Estate JVs – with Shawn Quigg

August 5, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Sadia R

Recorded: June 2025
Guest: Shawn Quigg, Co-Founder of Cardinal Law
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


If you’ve ever structured or invested in a joint venture, lent privately, or raised capital in Canadian real estate — this episode is essential listening. My guest, real estate and corporate lawyer Shawn Quigg, specializes in cleaning up deals gone wrong. And in this conversation, we unpack how to structure your partnerships, protect yourself legally, and raise capital the right way — without setting off securities alarms.

Here’s what we cover:

  • Why so many real estate joint ventures fail in 2024–2025
  • The difference between safe JV structures vs. risky shortcuts
  • How registered funds (RRSPs, TFSAs) can be legally used to invest in real estate
  • What lenders need to know before offering private mortgages
  • The rising popularity — and complexity — of CMHC’s MLI Select program

If you’re in the business of borrowing money, managing investor funds, or buying in partnerships — this episode is for you.


🧠 5 Real Estate Law Q&As for Canadian Investors

1. What is the most common legal mistake in real estate joint ventures?
Failing to have a detailed, lawyer-reviewed JV agreement is the top mistake. Verbal or vague contracts lead to expensive disputes when expectations aren’t aligned.

2. Can I legally raise money from friends or family to buy real estate in Canada?
Yes — but you must follow securities exemptions like the friends/family/business associate rule, and ideally work with an exempt market dealer. Always document everything with proper legal agreements.

3. Are RRSPs and TFSAs allowed in real estate investing?
Yes, but only through a limited partnership or mutual fund trust structure. You’ll also need an exempt market dealer if raising capital from the public.

4. What legal risks should private lenders watch for?
Private lenders should secure their loans with a registered mortgage, assignment of rents, and possibly a general security agreement (GSA). Legal remedies like power of sale can only help if the deal is structured properly.

5. How can I legally protect myself in a Canadian real estate JV?
Use a joint venture agreement or shareholders agreement that includes roles, dispute resolution, and an exit clause. Think of it as “deal insurance” that only costs a few thousand dollars — but saves tens of thousands later.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Shawn Quigg is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of deal structure, legal protection, and capital raising.

Ready to stop silent risks from wrecking your real estate business? Cardinal Law is offering Erwin’s listeners a free 1-on-1 corporate structure review ($500–$1,000 value) to help you lock down your asset protection and scale smartly. Just use code ERWIN. Click here to get started.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/ro2A_7ds-ao

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails.png 720 1280 Sadia R https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Sadia R2025-08-05 16:41:242025-08-05 16:41:27Legal Landmines in Real Estate JVs – with Shawn Quigg

Private Lending Gone Bad & Is the Infinite Banking Concept a Scam?

August 1, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Sadia R

 

If You’ve Ever Wondered…

  • “Is whole life insurance actually a good investment?”
  • “Can I trust private lending deals that promise 10–12% returns?”
  • “How do I protect my money in a risky market?”

…you’re not alone. Adam Niman asked the same questions—and after more than 15 years in financial services and real estate investing, he’s got answers that might surprise you.

In a recent episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, Adam pulled back the curtain on some of the most misunderstood—and oversold—financial strategies in Canada.

THREE Lessons for Canadian Investors

1. Be Skeptical of Anything That Sounds “Too Safe”

Participating life insurance is not a magic bullet. If someone promises guaranteed growth, tax-free wealth, flexible borrowing, and high returns—pause. Ask who benefits and follow the money. Like anything, do your own due diligence.

For transparency: my wife Cherry and I own participating whole life insurance for diversification and estate planning. Several of our friends and family do too. I agree with Adam—it’s not suitable for everyone. Just like investment properties or private lending, it depends on your situation.

Cherry and I invest directly in real estate—divesting from Ontario and growing in the U.S.—to build wealth. We use whole life insurance to diversify and for estate planning. It offers flexibility, conservative returns, and—most importantly—a way to cover the tax bill when we pass, helping preserve intergenerational wealth.

2. Don’t Lend Money Unless You’re Willing to Take Over the Property

This was a massive mistake I saw friends make in small-town Saskatoon and Northern Ontario. If you wouldn’t want to operate the property, don’t lend on it. That includes crack houses, boarded-up buildings, or sketchy, low-income neighbourhoods.

Always underwrite deals assuming the worst. If you’re not prepared to carry first, second, or third mortgages, renovate, refinance, or manage the property—you’re not a true lender. You’re a hopeful speculator.

3. It’s Okay to Fail—Just Learn Fast

Anyone who says they’ve never lost money hasn’t invested enough—or is lying. I’ve lost plenty, so I’m safe to trust :). For example, I have two Hamilton tenants behind on rent. One owes $10K, I’ve paid for paralegals, and both places had costly air conditioning issues.

Adam lost money on a Fortress Syndicate deal early on. But he didn’t quit. He took responsibility, tightened his criteria, used his own lawyers, and built better systems.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/XuOYGFHJuKw

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?

  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?

  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails-3.png 720 1280 Sadia R https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Sadia R2025-08-01 14:35:092025-08-04 20:13:22Private Lending Gone Bad & Is the Infinite Banking Concept a Scam?

Subject-To + Seller Leasebacks: The Secret Playbook Canadians Need for Passive U.S. Real Estate

July 22, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth



🎧Podcast: The U.S. Real Estate Strategy No One Is Talking About in Canada

Featuring the Andrew Kims – The Secret Playbook

🎙️ [Listen to the episode here — https://youtu.be/DyvEbYkl6hg?si=bel1ldCGIiEnKmX5]

Back on the podcast for his third appearance is my friend and U.S. business partner, Andrew Kim. And let me tell you—this episode hits different.

Why?

Because we’re dropping fresh, high-impact knowledge on a U.S. real estate strategy that I’ve never seen used in Canada but is gaining serious traction across the States.

 What the Heck Is “Subject-To”?

In simple terms, a subject-to deal lets you take over a seller’s mortgage, without going through traditional financing. That means:

  • No banks
  • Lower interest rates
  • Faster closings
  • Tens of thousands in savings

Now combine that with a seller leaseback—where the seller becomes the tenant—and you’ve got a win-win for cash flow, control, and freedom.

Andrew’s Portfolio: 20+ Properties, 4 States, 0 Headaches

Andrew is not just talking theory. He’s living proof that Canadians can invest across the border without lifting a finger. With his company, SHARE, he manages over 20 properties in four U.S. states.

How?

By blending:

  • Silicon Valley-grade tech
  • Institutional property management
  • Creative deal structures

It’s real estate that runs like a tech company—and it’s built for freedom-seeking Canadians who want passive income and full ownership.

Inside This Week’s Episode: Here’s What You’ll Learn

Subject-To + Leasebacks = Passive Cash Flow

How these creative deals work in real life and why they’re perfect for Canadians entering the U.S. market.

Why Big Property Managers Say “No” to Some Deals

Understand what institutional managers avoid—and how that unlocks hidden gems for you.

Breaking Down the Big Fears for Canadians

We tackle the biggest objections:

  • “What about taxes?”
  • “What if the dollar shifts?”
  • “Isn’t U.S. investing risky?”

Andrew clears the air with real facts, plus how SHARE simplifies every step.

Want the Full Playbook?

 Grab your free guide:
How Canadians can invest in U.S. real estate passively with full ownership and no headaches.
👉 www.sharesfr.com

Final Word: Wealth Is More Than Money

This episode isn’t just about real estate.

It’s about using what we know to:

  • Build freedom
  • Live intentionally
  • And retire earlier than anyone told us was possible

If that’s what you’re after, then hit play and let this be your blueprint.


📞 Ready to build wealth with purpose? Book a call with me: https://iwin.sharesfr.com/

To Listen:

On Spotify: 

On YouTube: 

On Apple Podcasts: 

📜 Click to read the full transcript (Andrew Kim – U.S. Real Estate for Canadians)

How Canadians Are Investing in U.S. Real Estate With Institutional Tools — Featuring Andrew Kim of Share

From Frustration to Innovation: Why Share Was Born

Andrew Kim began his journey in U.S. real estate in 2011, buying properties in Florida. But as his portfolio grew, he noticed a gap: property managers were reactive, not growth-oriented. That insight led him to create Share, a tech-powered platform that helps Canadians invest passively in U.S. properties.

“I needed someone to build my portfolio, not just maintain it. So we built Share to act as an asset manager for everyday investors,” says Andrew.

How Andrew Grew to 20 Properties With Kids at Home

Managing properties across four U.S. states while raising three kids sounds impossible—but Andrew uses Share himself. The platform handles everything: sourcing, due diligence, tax planning, and even leasing and maintenance. Investors get scale and ease with minimal effort.

“I get my monthly report, see positive cash flow, and that’s it. It’s the best real estate experience I’ve had.”

AI and Data Are Changing the Investment Game

Share leverages big data and AI to give clients institutional-level insights and operations. From crime rates and school rankings to lease renewal schedules and franchise tax filings—everything is automated or monitored with precision.

  • Connects to national service providers that normally only serve billion-dollar firms
  • Uses AI to manage filings, taxes, and compliance across multiple states
  • Enables one person to oversee 1,000+ properties with tech-assisted workflows

Investing With $100K and Accessing Low-Interest Mortgages

Worried about 7%+ mortgage rates in the U.S.? Share helps clients secure “subject-to” deals, where they take over the seller’s existing low-rate mortgage—often with the seller staying on as a tenant.

With as little as $100,000 CAD, Canadians can invest in cash-flowing U.S. homes with built-in tenants, deferred renovation costs, and strong rental demand.

Why Now Is the Time

Despite high interest rates, rent demand in the U.S. remains strong. With home appreciation slowing, now is the window to buy before prices rise again.

“In the U.S., we’re still seeing low double-digit IRRs. The same can’t be said for most of Canada.”

Why the U.S. Is Better for Passive Real Estate Investing

  • Institutional property managers handle thousands of units with standard processes
  • Lease renewals are enforced annually—no indefinite tenants like in Ontario
  • States like Texas and Georgia remain landlord-friendly
  • U.S. properties often cost half or less per square foot compared to Canadian counterparts

“Where else can you buy a new single-family home for $245,000 USD next to a $65B Samsung chip plant?”

Don’t Wait on FX—You’ll Lose More to Appreciation

Many Canadians hesitate over the exchange rate. But Andrew advises acting now. “Waiting for a better FX rate might save 6%, but rising U.S. property values can easily outpace that in a few months.”

Want to Learn More?

👉 Visit: sharestates.com

👉 Book a free consult: Talk to Share

If you’re looking for hands-off U.S. real estate investing with institutional quality—this is your moment.

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails-2.png 720 1280 truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth2025-07-22 14:26:542025-07-22 15:58:37Subject-To + Seller Leasebacks: The Secret Playbook Canadians Need for Passive U.S. Real Estate

From Contaminated Land to a 15% Return: Investing With Purpose (and Profit)

July 16, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Ayesha M



🎧 Podcast: From Environmental Law To Impact Real Estate

Featuring the Rodney Wilts –  the real estate game changer for Canadians

🎙️ [Listen to the episode here — https://youtu.be/DyvEbYkl6hg?si=bel1ldCGIiEnKmX5]

Nearly half of Canadians say they’re losing sleep over retirement — and honestly, they should be. Between high interest rates, rent control, and tenant protections stacked against landlords, traditional investing in Ontario is getting harder by the day. Just ask Guelph landlord John Esposito. He rented out a unit in 2022, only to be stuck with non-paying tenants for two full years, racking up over $135,000 in losses from unpaid rent and damage. Ontario’s Landlord and Tenant Board finally approved the eviction — but far too late.
👉 Read the full story

The Better Way: Purpose-Driven Real Estate That Actually Pays

Now contrast that with Rodney Wilts, my latest guest on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians.

A former environmental lawyer, Rodney co-founded Theia Partners, where he led the redevelopment of a 34-acre polluted industrial site into Zibi — one of the world’s only zero-carbon communities.

Built in partnership with Indigenous organizations and faith groups, Zibi is:

  • 100% powered by renewable energy
  • Mixed-use, mixed-income, and socially inclusive
  • Winner of global planning and sustainability awards
  • Delivering strong, double-digit returns

It’s proof that sustainability, impact, and profitability can coexist — and scale.

“

Safer, Smarter Investing With Less Risk

c

At our June iWIN meetup, we also heard from:

  • Scott Dillingham (LendCity) on CMHC’s MLI Select — a game-changer for multifamily projects
  • Andrew Kim (SHARE) on how Canadians are investing in U.S. real estate with:
    • Lower rates & down payments
    • No lender fees
    • Faster evictions
    • Better cash flow
    • Off-market “Subject-To” deals and seller leasebacks

I used this strategy myself last year in Texas — no vacancy, no upfront renos, and strong USD cash flow from Day 1.

C

Final Thoughts from Erwin

Real estate is changing. Ontario’s model is broken for most investors. But with the right partnerships and strategies — from ESG-driven developments like Zibi to turnkey U.S. rental portfolios — it’s still possible to build wealth and make a difference.

👉 Learn more about investing in U.S. rentals through SHARE: https://iwin.sharesfr.com/


📞 Ready to build wealth with purpose? Book a call with me: https://iwin.sharesfr.com/

I

To Listen:

On Spotify: 

Youtube: 

📜 Click to read the full edited transcript (Rodney Wilts)

From Lawyer to Developer: How Rodney Wilts Is Building Zero-Carbon Communities With 15% Returns

A New Path From Environmental Law to Real Estate

I started my career in environmental law, advocating for green communities and working with architects and code officials to eliminate barriers to sustainable building. But I’ll never forget the day I visited Harold Kal—a pioneer in eco-friendly development. His office was buzzing with purpose, packed with giant drawings, energy. It hit me hard: this is what I want to do.

Eventually, I made the jump into real estate. It wasn’t easy, but I knew I wanted to use development as a tool for environmental and social change.

How a Derelict Factory Site Became Zibi

One day, commuting across Ottawa’s Shoal Air Bridge, I passed a boarded-up, barbed-wired industrial wasteland—just 800 meters from Parliament Hill. The site had sat untouched for years. I pitched the idea to my partners: “What if we transformed this into something great?”

We acquired the 34-acre contaminated site from Domtar and created Zibi: a master-planned, zero-carbon, mixed-use community straddling Ontario and Quebec. We:

  • Built 4 million square feet of offices, condos, rentals, plazas, and parkland
  • Created Canada’s first zero-carbon district energy system
  • Won global awards for public consultation and urban planning
  • Partnered with Dream and other stakeholders to deliver it all

Zibi is now home to residents, businesses, public spaces, and even the world’s only interprovincial zipline.

Solving Housing Affordability Beyond New Builds

Zibi was expensive: new apartments cost about $450,000 per unit to build. Meanwhile, we saw nearby 1970s buildings going for $175,000 a door. So we launched a strategy: buy older stock, upgrade it for energy efficiency, and keep it affordable.

These projects don’t make magazine covers, but they serve people—and deliver low double-digit IRRs.

Turning Parking Lots Into Housing With Purpose

Through Zibi, we gained recognition and were approached by First Unitarian of Ottawa. They had a 7-acre site—mostly unused parking—and wanted to align it with their values. Together with Ontario Aboriginal Housing Services, we’re building:

  • A 16-storey rental building (CMHC-backed)
  • A 6-storey non-profit building for Indigenous tenants
  • Directly on Ottawa’s LRT line, near the river

Despite legal challenges from affluent neighbors (which cost us $100,000 in appeals), we won at the Ontario Land Tribunal and expect to break ground next spring.

The deal is structured as a corporation to accommodate the church’s tax-exempt status, and they’re contributing land as equity. Their vacant lot will now generate recurring revenue—while delivering on their mission.

Why We Do This

We could have played it safe. But we’re driven by impact. And we believe real estate can deliver strong returns and meaningful social outcomes.

  • We’ve built award-winning communities
  • We’ve cleaned up 200 years of contamination
  • We’re delivering housing across the affordability spectrum
  • We’re still targeting 15% IRRs on projects like the Sherbourne LRT site

Want to Learn More?

👉 Visit: theiapartners.com

👉 Tour Zibi: zibi.ca

And if you’re interested in impact-driven investing that works — let’s connect.

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails-1-1.png 720 1280 Ayesha M https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Ayesha M2025-07-16 18:08:342025-07-16 18:19:25From Contaminated Land to a 15% Return: Investing With Purpose (and Profit)

From Local Financial Planner to U.S. Landlord: Why Carlos Rodrigues Left Canadian Real Estate

July 11, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Ayesha M



🎧 Podcast: The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians

Featuring Carlos Rodrigues – Financial Planner Turned U.S. Real Estate Investor

🎙️ [Listen to the episode here — https://youtu.be/DyvEbYkl6hg?si=bel1ldCGIiEnKmX5]

Why Carlos Left Ontario Real Estate (and Financial Planning)

After 20 years as a financial advisor—including running his own independent financial and mortgage brokerage—Carlos Rodrigues hit a wall. Like many Canadian investors, he found himself boxed in by tighter lending rules, rising compliance costs, and poor scalability in the Ontario market.

“My most successful year ever—and the bank told me the only mortgage I qualified for was one designed for seniors… A reverse mortgage!”
— Carlos

In 2019, Carlos sold everything: his financial planning practice, his mortgage book, and his real estate portfolio. He exited near the peak, netting a massive gain on a duplex he’d renovated himself. Then he moved his entire strategy south—to Cleveland, Ohio.

Building a Team in the U.S. Was Brutal

Carlos doesn’t sugarcoat the early days. His first Ohio property manager stole $30,000 and vanished. Despite being a licensed financial professional used to due diligence, Carlos says:

“This guy had supposed errors & omissions insurance, government contracts… he still pulled the wool over my eyes.”

He later discovered that dozens of investors—including doctors, lawyers, and even a police officer—had also been scammed. That manager is now reportedly on the run.

Eventually, Carlos rebuilt his team through referrals. He now has a highly responsive, proactive property manager who handles leasing, inspections, and tenant relationships—including navigating the complexities of subsidized housing.

“In Cleveland, they’re either incredibly bad… or phenomenal. There’s no in-between.”

Lead Paint Certifications: A Hidden Risk for Canadian Investors

Cleveland has strict lead-safe regulations, especially for older properties. Carlos learned this the hard way during an attempted eviction:

“You can’t even evict a tenant unless your property is lead-safe certified… and 80% of rental homes older than 1970 aren’t certified.”

A non-compliant property meant months of delays, expensive locksmith visits, and multiple failed inspections. In markets like Cleveland, hyper-local knowledge is essential—something Carlos now brings to his mentorship clients and joint venture partners.

Evictions: Ohio vs. Ontario

Carlos compares Ohio’s eviction process to Ontario’s—and the difference is staggering.

  • Ohio: Evictions are done via the courts, not a tribunal. Typical turnaround? 3 weeks.
  • Ontario: Professional landlords report 7–8 months, often more for “mom and pop” investors.

“Ohio is a red state. If you’re out of lease, and the landlord wants you out, you’re leaving—one way or another.”

Carlos emphasizes how U.S. systems better balance landlord and tenant rights, making them far more scalable for investors who want predictable cash flow.

Section 8: Why Carlos Welcomes Government-Subsidized Tenants

Carlos specializes in renting to Section 8 tenants—U.S. residents receiving government rent subsidies. While some investors are wary, he says it’s been a major win:

  • Rents are 20–30% above market in many zip codes
  • Rent is paid directly from the government (tenants can’t intercept it)
  • Tenants risk permanently losing their voucher if they’re evicted

“If we ever have another pandemic or recession, my Section 8 rents are still coming in.”

There is red tape—inspections and delays—but Carlos says the stability and returns are worth it.

What Carlos Offers Canadian Investors

Carlos now offers:

  • Mentorship programs for Canadians wanting to invest in the U.S.
  • Joint venture opportunities for hands-free partners
  • Property tours in Cleveland, including visits to turnkey rentals, BRRRRs, and properties under rehab

He helps investors:

  • Set up proper U.S. legal entities
  • Navigate DSCR financing (no personal income needed)
  • Avoid the painful mistakes he made early on

Want to Learn More?

Grab Carlos’s book Property Profits on Amazon:
👉 Property Profits by Carlos Rodrigues

Follow him on Instagram:
👉 @cashflowcarlos

Final Thoughts from Erwin

If you’ve been wondering whether to diversify outside Canada, this episode pulls back the curtain on what it really takes—and why it might be worth it.

“This is why I love doing the podcast. You get the truth—no sugarcoating. Just real investors, sharing real lessons.”

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/25lbD7CAfAU76CtPTGbWu1?si=PFjmfkKfSPumwBACwTKPXA

Youtube: https://youtu.be/DyvEbYkl6hg?si=bel1ldCGIiEnKmX5

📜 Click to read the full edited transcript

Carlos Rodrigues on Leaving Canadian Real Estate and Going All-In on U.S. Investing

From Financial Planning to Real Estate

I began my career in 2003 as a financial planner with Freedom 55. A decade later, I launched my own brokerage, Magellan Wealth Management. Going independent felt liberating—I was no longer tied to pushing products from just one or two companies. I could finally offer clients what I truly believed was best for them.

That’s when I started looking seriously at real estate.

By the end of my 10-year run, I was frustrated. Despite helping clients manage portfolios of mutual and segregated funds, I found real estate offered more attractive long-term returns, greater control, and significantly better tax advantages.

But the final straw? Even during my most profitable year, I couldn’t qualify for a standard mortgage to refinance my rental portfolio. That was it. In 2019, I sold my practice, exited my Canadian properties, and published Property Profits, a book that shares everything I learned along the way. Then, I went all-in on U.S. real estate.

Why I Chose Ohio and the U.S. Midwest

The U.S. checked every box: better affordability, more landlord-friendly legislation, and strong upside potential. Cities like Cleveland and Toledo reminded me of Ontario 15 years ago—but with better cash flow.

For example, I had purchased a duplex in Ontario for $385,000, spent $60,000 legalizing it, and sold it for $1.1 million. I took those proceeds and started investing across the Midwest. In Ohio, I’ve bought single-family homes for $41,000 to $45,000 and rented them out for $1,100 to $1,200 a month.

Let me be clear: U.S. real estate isn’t “easy”—but it is logical if you do the work.

The Power of DSCR Loans

One of the biggest game changers for me has been DSCR loans—Debt Service Coverage Ratio loans. Unlike traditional mortgages in Canada, DSCR loans don’t rely on your personal income.

There’s:

  • No need for tax returns
  • No employment verification
  • No GDS/TDS calculations

If the property cash flows at a 1.25x ratio or better, you qualify. This alone made it possible for me to scale after hitting a financing wall in Canada.

The Brutal Reality of Team Building

Not everything went smoothly.

My first property manager in Ohio stole $30,000 from me. And I wasn’t new to real estate—I had insurance, contracts, and thought I had done the proper due diligence. This guy even scammed a Cleveland police officer. He’s now on the run.

Eventually, I found a trustworthy property manager through a mortgage broker I trust. She’s become my right hand—proactive, great at communication, and makes sure our Section 8 units are always up to code.

What You Need to Know About Lead Paint Laws in Cleveland

If you’re buying in Cleveland, pay attention to lead safety laws. Any property built before 1978 must be “lead-safe certified.” Without that certification:

  • You can’t legally evict tenants
  • You risk city fines
  • You may face major renovation delays

I once purchased a property where the tenant refused to leave. We couldn’t even start renovations—or begin eviction—until we passed all lead remediation protocols. My advice: buy newer when possible or budget for lead abatement costs upfront.

Evictions: U.S. vs. Canada

Landlord-tenant laws in the U.S.—especially in red states like Ohio—are completely different from those in Ontario.

Here’s how it works in Ohio:

  • Serve a 30-day notice
  • Follow with a 3-day notice
  • Go to court if there’s no resolution

In most cases, you can have a court-ordered eviction in under three weeks. Compare that to Ontario, where professional landlords often wait 7–8 months (or longer) to enforce an eviction.

Why I Embrace Section 8 Tenants

Section 8 housing has a bad reputation, but it’s been a solid strategy for me.

Here’s why I like it:

  • Rents are often 20–30% above market
  • The government pays you directly
  • Tenants can’t just stop paying rent
  • Lease violations can mean losing their voucher permanently

Of course, there’s red tape. Inspections can delay move-ins by weeks or even months. But once you’re set up, Section 8 income is consistent—even during economic downturns.

Helping Canadians Invest in the U.S.

Most Canadians have no idea how to get started with U.S. real estate. That’s where I come in.

I offer:

  • Mentorship programs to walk investors through their first deal
  • Joint venture partnerships where I manage the U.S. side
  • Weekend property tours in Cleveland (we typically visit 12–14 homes, analyze them on-site, and finish off with a seafood boil)

I also help clients:

  • Set up LLCs and the right U.S. legal structures
  • Navigate cross-border tax planning to avoid double taxation
  • Build reliable “power teams” on the ground

Want to Learn More?

📘 Check out my book: Property Profits on Amazon

📲 Follow me on Instagram: @cashflowcarlos

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails.png 720 1280 Ayesha M https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Ayesha M2025-07-11 14:25:352025-07-11 14:25:37From Local Financial Planner to U.S. Landlord: Why Carlos Rodrigues Left Canadian Real Estate
wholesaling

An American Virtual Wholesaling From Canada

June 16, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Kulsum Vazir

wholesalingThis week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, we’re joined by Nathan Payne, a full-time virtual real estate wholesaler and founder of Painless Flipping. Originally from Atlanta and most recently Utah, Nathan now calls small-town Ontario home—but that hasn’t slowed him down. In fact, he’s built a thriving real estate wholesaling business that operates 100% virtually across major U.S. markets like Florida, Texas, and Utah.

Nathan is the creator of a hands-on real estate apprenticeship program where he partners with aspiring investors to close real-world deals, offering a practical, no-fluff alternative to traditional coaching. We dig into how he generates leads by hiring a Marketing company, something anyone can do and I’m hearing about for the first time ever.  His pivot to nationwide wholesaling during COVID, why he prefers U.S. markets over Canadian ones, and how his faith and values shape the way he does business.

We also talk squatter stories, wholesaling fees by market, creative ways he finds buyers and what new investors get wrong. If you’re tired of “guru” fluff and want the real talk on building an ethical, scalable real estate wholesaling business, this is the episode for you.

💻 Book a free call with Nathan: www.painlessflipping.com
🎥 Free YouTube trainings: Search “Nathan Payne Painless Flipping”

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nathanpayneofficial

Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/payneless

 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/nxjClTj6JY4

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!
 

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Youtube-thumbnails-13.png 720 1280 Kulsum Vazir https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Kulsum Vazir2025-06-16 19:16:392025-06-16 19:19:47An American Virtual Wholesaling From Canada
Landlords

Who’s Fighting for Landlords? Canada’s Biggest Landlord Advocate Speaks Out

May 27, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Erwin Szeto
Landlords

Welcome back to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians! I’m your host, Erwin Szeto, and today we’re diving into one of the most important conversations for landlords and real estate investors—who’s actually fighting for us?

Between rising costs, rent control, landlord-tenant board delays, and policy changes that make it harder to operate rental properties, it’s no surprise that many landlords feel like they’re being left behind. But there are people advocating for us, working behind the scenes to shape fair policies and ensure that rental housing remains a viable investment.

That’s why I’m thrilled to have Tony Irwin on the show today. Tony is the President and CEO of both the Canadian Federation of Apartment Associations (CFAA) and the Federation of Rental Housing Providers of Ontario (FRPO)—two of the largest organizations advocating for landlords and rental housing providers at the provincial and national levels.

With years of experience in policy, government relations, and housing advocacy, Tony is at the forefront of the fight to protect landlords, encourage rental supply, and push back against policies that make it harder to provide housing.

In this episode, we get into:
✅ The current state of Ontario and Canada’s rental markets
✅ Why rent control and landlord-tenant board delays are making investing more challenging
✅ What CFAA and FRPO are doing to push for fairer policies
✅ What landlords can do to get involved and protect their investments

If you own rental properties or are thinking about investing, this is a must-listen episode. The policies being decided today will impact your bottom line for years to come!

Tony’s contact information:

FRPO: https://frpo.org

CFAA: https://cfaa-fcapi.org

Instagram: @frpofacts

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/XuOYGFHJuKw

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!
 

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Youtube-thumbnails-11.png 720 1280 Erwin Szeto https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Erwin Szeto2025-05-27 17:27:532025-06-02 13:37:11Who’s Fighting for Landlords? Canada’s Biggest Landlord Advocate Speaks Out
Single Family Rentals

From Housing Crash to Acquiring $2 Billion of Real Estate

May 20, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Erwin Szeto

Single Family RentalsHey friends, this is Erwin Szeto, and welcome to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, where it’s my job to interview the top minds in real estate and business to uncover the strategies, mindsets, and habits that actually work—especially in today’s market.

In today’s episode, I’m joined by Ben Berry, a true industry heavyweight who’s successfully deployed over $2 billion into single-family rentals, build-to-rent, and commercial real estate assets. Ben’s journey began during the depths of the 2009 global financial crisis, where he carved out his path in commercial real estate before pioneering large-scale single-family home acquisitions during the U.S. housing recovery. His leadership helped operationalize the mass acquisition, rehab, and management of thousands of homes backed by major Wall Street and Canadian institutional investors.

Now, Ben is the Vice President of Acquisitions and Sales at SHARE, a platform revolutionizing real estate investing by making U.S. rental property ownership simple, passive, and accessible — even to everyday Canadian investors. With boots-on-the-ground expertise across over 20 markets — from Florida to Texas, Georgia, North Carolina, Ohio, etc… — Ben shares how institutional best practices are now being offered without the need to bring $50M to the table.

We also talk about why landlord-friendly states matter, how technology and data have transformed real estate investing, and how Canadians now invest just like the ultra wealthy and finally escape tenant friendly markets and find deals that actually make sense. If you’re serious about investing smarter in real estate, this episode is a must-listen.

If you’d like to connect with Ben you can go to iwin.sharesfr.com and click the “Schedule a call” 

Please enjoy the show!

To Listen:

** Transcript Auto-Generated**

0:00 – Hey friends, this is Erwin Szeto and
0:01 – welcome to the truth about real estate
0:02 – investing show for Canadians where it’s
0:05 – my job to interview the top minds in
0:06 – real estate and business to uncover the
0:08 – strategies, mindsets, and the habits
0:10 – that actually work, especially in
0:12 – today’s market. In today’s episode, I’m
0:15 – joined by Ben Barry, a true industry
0:17 – heavyweight who successfully deployed
0:19 – over $2 billion uh that’s US dollars
0:23 – into single family rentals, built to
0:25 – rent, and commercial real estate assets.
0:27 – Ben’s journey began during the depths of
0:29 – the 2009 finan global financial crisis
0:31 – where he carved out his path in
0:33 – commercial real estate before pioneering
0:35 – large-scale single family home
0:37 – acquisitions during the US housing
0:39 – recovery. His leadership helped
0:41 – operationalize the mass acquisition,
0:44 – rehab, and management of thousands of
0:46 – homes backed by major Wall Street and
0:48 – Canadian institutional investors. Now,
0:51 – Ben is the vice president of
0:52 – acquisitions and sales at Share, a
0:55 – platform revolutionizing the real estate
0:57 – investing by making US rental property
0:59 – ownership simple, passive, and
1:01 – accessible even to everyday Canadians.
1:03 – With boots on the ground and and
1:05 – expertise in over 20 markets from
1:06 – Florida to Texas, Georgia, North
1:08 – Carolina, Ohio, etc., Ben shares how
1:11 – institutional best practices are now
1:13 – being offered without the need to bring
1:15 – $50 million plus to the table. We also
1:18 – talk about why landlord friendly states
1:19 – matter, how technology and data have
1:21 – transformed real estate investing and
1:23 – how Canadians now invest just like the
1:25 – ultra wealthy and finally escape the the
1:28 – tenant friendly markets and find deals
1:29 – that actually make sense. If you’re
1:31 – serious about real estate investing,
1:33 – this episode is an absolute must listen.
1:35 – If you’d like to connect with Bend, you
1:37 – can go to
1:39 – iwin.sharesfr.com. Again, that’s
1:41 – iwin.sharesfr.com and click schedule a
1:44 – call. Please enjoy the show.
1:49 – [Music]
1:53 – But before we get to our guests, I want
1:55 – to take a quick second to share
1:56 – something valuable with you. If you’re
1:58 – serious about building wealth through
1:59 – real estate, but struggling to find
2:00 – profitable investments in Canada, I’ve
2:02 – got something that will help. I’ve put
2:04 – together a comprehensive guide to US
2:06 – real estate investing for Canadians,
2:08 – breaking down the best markets,
2:09 – financing strategies, tax
2:10 – considerations, and landlord friendly
2:12 – states where Canadians are getting
2:13 – better cash flow and long-term
2:14 – appreciation. It’s completely free. You
2:17 – can grab your copy at
2:20 – www.truthofaboutrealestateinvesting.ca.
2:21 – Just look for it on the right side of
2:22 – the page. Along with the guide, you’ll
2:24 – also get our weekly newsletter that goes
2:25 – out to over 10,000 Canadians at no
2:27 – charge. Since 2010. Yes, I’ve been
2:30 – sending for every week since 2010. We
2:32 – send new podcast episodes as they as
2:34 – they release so you never miss out on
2:36 – these expert insights, invites to
2:38 – exclusive inerson and online events with
2:41 – top real estate minds, actionable
2:43 – strategies to help you grow your
2:45 – portfolio and build wealth faster.
2:47 – Again, go to
2:49 – www.truthrealestate investing.ca and
2:51 – download your free guide today. Now,
2:53 – please enjoy the show. Hi, Ben. Welcome
2:54 – to the show. Can you share a bit about
2:56 – your background and how you got started
2:57 – in real estate investing?
3:00 – Sure. Yeah, I’ve been uh been in the
3:02 – business since uh since straight out of
3:04 – college. So I graduated university. I
3:07 – think believe it’s Canadians that refer
3:09 – to it. Um back in 2009, it was the
3:11 – middle of the global financial crisis. I
3:14 – had studied advertising and the time
3:16 – there were no advertising jobs out there
3:18 – for a for a young recent grad. And uh
3:21 – real estate had always been an interest
3:22 – of mine and I wound up connecting with a
3:24 – commercial real estate brokerage um
3:26 – hiring investment sales brokers and uh I
3:30 – didn’t know any better and started
3:31 – working as a commercial uh commercial
3:33 – real estate broker back then. Um it’s
3:35 – terrible time. The market was extremely
3:36 – down, one of the worst seen in in
3:38 – decades if not a century. But I didn’t
3:40 – know any better. Um, but I learned a lot
3:43 – and after a couple years of grinding
3:44 – that out and working commission only,
3:46 – realizing that, you know, it’s going to
3:48 – be a couple more years, if not more,
3:50 – till this really becomes a viable
3:51 – business as a broker here. So, uh, I’m
3:53 – going to go find a salary job. And, um,
3:55 – it led me to connect with um with a
3:58 – group that I I helped start up with um
4:00 – that was with one of the first housing
4:02 – funds that was starting to buy homes out
4:04 – of the the housing crisis. So a lot of
4:07 – the uh American homes were highly highly
4:09 – distressed foreclosures very high and it
4:12 – was a fund that was going in buying up
4:13 – houses turning them into rental
4:14 – properties at mass scale. Um and I
4:17 – started with them in acquisitions and
4:18 – help them starting to uh to buy homes
4:21 – and figure out how do we efficiently buy
4:23 – thousands of homes at scale basically.
4:26 – So helping set up the processes,
4:28 – procedures, um hiring, training,
4:31 – managing agents and opening up new
4:33 – markets and you know doing all those fun
4:34 – things and helping them grow. And that
4:36 – was really my my kickstart into um you
4:39 – know single family rental business.
4:43 – So here’s a here’s a question you won’t
4:44 – have the answer to, but I think it’s an
4:45 – interesting uh for the for listeners
4:47 – benefit. Uh do you want to hazard to
4:49 – guest guess so the largest rate in
4:52 – Canada that of a holder of single family
4:54 – homes? Do you want to guess how many
4:56 – houses they hold in their portfolio? So
4:57 – this is a, you know, so Canada, you
4:59 – know, almost 40 million population, lots
5:01 – of houses in there. The largest REIT in
5:03 – can largest holding by REIT of single
5:06 – family homes. How how big would you
5:07 – guess that portfolio is in terms of
5:08 – number of houses? 1,000.
5:12 – It’s under 600 houses.
5:16 – Versus you were trying to buy thousands
5:18 – at a time. Correct. Yeah. We were trying
5:21 – to build a machine that helped you buy
5:22 – oneoff houses and uh deploy a lot of
5:25 – capital very quickly to buy thousands of
5:27 – houses. Right. And do you remember the
5:29 – year you started? Because I and and
5:31 – because there there’s a really there’s a
5:33 – there’s a famous Warren Buffett
5:35 – interview when he was on CNBC where he
5:37 – said I’d buy hundreds of single family
5:40 – homes if I could if it was if it was uh
5:42 – if it was logistically feasible to do to
5:44 – I’m paraphrasing.
5:46 – That was 2012.
5:48 – firm in 2012. So, which is it was
5:51 – kickstarting was one of the first. There
5:53 – there were a number of other firms
5:54 – starting to do it, but yeah, it was, you
5:56 – know, Warren Buffett’s logic was
5:57 – famously kind of referred back to as
5:59 – because housing pricing was so depressed
6:02 – given where values were traditionally at
6:04 – that it makes sense to go buy thousands
6:06 – of them. But at the time, managing
6:08 – thousands of houses seemed just
6:09 – impossible.
6:11 – Well, it didn’t exist at the time,
6:13 – right? Correct. Yeah. I mean it’s even
6:16 – when we were building things out we were
6:17 – using your local regional property
6:20 – managers and trying to kind piece mail
6:21 – that together to manage these houses and
6:24 – eventually the business turned um into
6:26 – internalizing the property management
6:28 – functions um to manage that internally
6:30 – to manage you know the properties in
6:32 – house with that many houses. That’s
6:35 – interesting you mentioned regional uh
6:37 – property managers. We don’t have retail
6:39 – property managers in Canada that work
6:42 – with uh not that that work with retail
6:44 – investors, even folks with portfolio of
6:46 – like 10 10 houses, whatever doors,
6:49 – because generally they’re very they’re
6:50 – very um I guess we do have regional
6:52 – property managers, but they’re still
6:55 – maybe like three full-time
6:58 – staff, right? I mean, I’d say that time,
7:02 – you know, 10, 12 years ago, they weren’t
7:05 – what they are today. I mean now you do
7:06 – have third party managers that handle
7:08 – thousands and thousands of houses
7:13 – and can for context for the listeners
7:14 – benefit because appreciate like you know
7:16 – it’s really funny because uh I remember
7:18 – growing up I forget what shows watching
7:21 – like late night Canadian talk show host
7:23 – and they would tease Americans about how
7:25 – little they knew about Canada like um
7:28 – like name the president of Canada like
7:30 – trick questions like that stuff like
7:31 – that and then we Canadians would laugh
7:33 – like oh Americans don’t know nothing
7:35 – about Canada. In my own experience,
7:38 – Canadians don’t know much about US
7:40 – investing and you’re you’re learning
7:41 – about that yourself as you speak to
7:43 – Canadians. U can you can you speak to
7:46 – back in 2012 how much money
7:48 – institutional money big money was going
7:51 – pouring into real estate investing? Now
7:53 – again coming from the context of Canada
7:55 – the largest holding of single family
7:57 – homes is under 600 houses by the by
7:59 – that’s the largest holding by by a
8:00 – single uh by a single REIT. I believe
8:02 – someone in in Quebec might have 600 or
8:05 – 700, but still we’re talking like very
8:07 – very small compared to what you’re used
8:09 – to. So question so question is can can
8:12 – you paint a picture for the listener
8:13 – back in 2012 even what was the amount of
8:16 – investment and who was pouring money
8:19 – into into the the real estate market in
8:21 – the US?
8:23 – Well, I’ll speak uh kind of specifically
8:25 – to the single family rental space where
8:27 – I was kind of intimately involved with
8:29 – and you know there were a handful of
8:31 – funds all over a billion dollars to
8:34 – start out with of what they were going
8:35 – to start with a billion. Okay, got it.
8:39 – Well, then that got deployed and then we
8:41 – would recapitalize, you know, different
8:43 – kind of uh debt structures and credit
8:45 – structures that would expand and expand
8:47 – and those those groups have have grown
8:49 – and grown and have tens of thousands um
8:53 – of homes now.
8:55 – And you’re you’re backed by Wall Street
8:58 – money. Yeah, for the most part.
9:02 – And can you name the Canadian pension
9:04 – that was backing you as well?
9:07 – I’m not sure on specifics there. Okay.
9:09 – Okay. Okay. That’s okay. We won’t we
9:12 – won’t we’ll protect the innocent.
9:15 – So, this is from your bio. You
9:17 – successfully deployed over $2 billion
9:20 – into single family rentals, built to
9:22 – rent, and commercial real estate assets.
9:25 – So, what is it that drew you to this
9:27 – sector?
9:28 – Yeah, I mean I mentioned earlier I just
9:30 – was very interested in real estate and
9:33 – then you know going through that time
9:34 – out of college of just applying to lots
9:36 – and lots of different jobs and being
9:37 – like okay go sell payroll software or
9:40 – office equipment but didn’t really
9:42 – excite me. You know I love real estate.
9:44 – I love that you’re you’re working about
9:46 – a structure you know a building maybe
9:48 – land but it’s it’s just a large deal and
9:50 – I like kind of working on large projects
9:52 – and with the single family rental
9:54 – business really interested me because it
9:56 – was it was new. it was emerging asset
9:58 – class. Um you know it became a very
10:01 – institutional recognized asset class
10:03 – like you know office buildings or
10:05 – commercial or industrial are for a lot
10:07 – of groups. At the time single family
10:08 – building rentals were not and it was
10:10 – building something that would be
10:11 – recognized as a institutional level
10:13 – asset class.
10:16 – Now now tell us a bit about what it was
10:17 – like early days like how many how many
10:20 – were run the company when you started?
10:23 – Yeah, I think I was one of 12 in our
10:25 – office and we were kind of one of two
10:27 – offices. It was it was crazy. And then
10:31 – and then they grew pretty quick, right?
10:34 – Very quickly. Yeah. So, I mean, the way
10:35 – we work, we were relying on, you know,
10:37 – third party real estate agents and teams
10:40 – kind of in a market. So, if I was
10:41 – managing one market, I probably have
10:43 – three teams of agents that were going
10:44 – out, scouring the MLS, finding deals,
10:47 – underwriting them, finding comps,
10:49 – everything support, emailing me a
10:51 – proposal. then I’d you know review get
10:53 – an offer back to them and doing that as
10:55 – fast and as efficiently as we could.
10:57 – Eventually technology would come in and
10:59 – and help that work a lot more
11:00 – efficiently. Um but yeah it’s um it was
11:03 – it was rough in the beginning and kind
11:05 – of halfhazard but it was it was like
11:07 – many startups in many kind of fledgling
11:09 – industries but it’s grown and it’s a
11:12 – very interesting different place now.
11:14 – We’re also talking about exiting the
11:16 – financial crisis and uh I don’t know how
11:18 – geographically based you were because I
11:20 – know you’re in Florida which is kind of
11:22 – like the epicenter of the problems,
11:24 – right?
11:26 – Yeah. I mean a lot of the the real
11:27 – states I mean Florida amongst other
11:29 – markets you know Phoenix, Las Vegas uh I
11:34 – don’t know there are many markets immune
11:35 – to kind of the housing crisis. It was
11:38 – things shot up, things were built, and
11:39 – then kind of everything kind of plunged
11:41 – and fell. And then, you know, that’s
11:44 – kind of the opportunity where a lot of
11:45 – investors started buying houses out of
11:47 – foreclosure and REO and just short sales
11:50 – and and all those sorts of kind of
11:52 – distressed uh maneuvers to start buying.
11:55 – And that kind of quickly led a lot of
11:57 – those states out of that kind of
11:58 – financial crisis was the real estate was
12:00 – then being propped up again. you know,
12:01 – you had contractors going back to work,
12:03 – you had real estate agents transacting
12:05 – again, and you know, the industry
12:07 – started building back up. And you must
12:09 – been inundated with leads because who
12:12 – else was buying at that time? Well, it’s
12:15 – funny you say that because there was
12:17 – probably half a dozen groups like
12:18 – ourselves and so we’re basically
12:20 – ourselves. So, you probably had your
12:23 – local fix and flip investors going to
12:25 – the county courts to buy auction
12:28 – properties. um very familiar with that
12:30 – process. Um and then eventually these
12:33 – funds came in and started kind of
12:35 – pushing those those more regional and
12:36 – local guys out and then became funds
12:38 – versus kind of other funds buying
12:40 – houses.
12:42 – So how uh paint a picture for the
12:43 – listener like how big were these teams
12:45 – now that you’re running because you’re
12:47 – how many how many properties would would
12:48 – you say a week you were transacting on
12:50 – like acquiring?
12:52 – I’d say early days transacting now you
12:55 – know that I was one acquisition person.
12:57 – we probably had four or five and that
12:59 – team would grow and we would manage one
13:02 – to two markets and those markets would
13:03 – probably have two to four teams of real
13:05 – estate agents. Uh kind of context of
13:08 – there and deal flow, you know, we made a
13:11 – lot of offers. Some, you know, we were
13:13 – competitive, some, you know, we weren’t,
13:14 – but it was more kind of a game of
13:16 – getting offers out, getting offers out
13:17 – as quickly as possible.
13:21 – Docuign days. Oh, yeah. No, we had
13:24 – docuign. Thank Thank goodness that Oh,
13:26 – thank goodness.
13:27 – Yeah. But in terms of our I mean we are
13:29 – probably trying to do triple digits a
13:31 – month not more than that. So you know
13:33 – 100 plus a month.
13:36 – Yeah. So I think that so I as I was
13:39 – preparing you before the show like
13:40 – nobody has experience doing that
13:42 – acquiring 100 plus properties in a month
13:44 – let alone a year let alone a
13:48 – career. All right. So and now who were
13:52 – your clients? uh like you you’ve worked
13:54 – extensively with institutional
13:56 – investors, uh real estate investment
13:58 – trusts, hedge funds, even private equity
14:00 – firms, family offices, like and now
14:04 – you’re working for
14:06 – share. Uh first of all, tell us about
14:08 – working with like humongous money like
14:11 – for example, how much money would one of
14:13 – these clients, investors have to bring
14:15 – to the table to play?
14:18 – So the initial Wall Street funds were
14:19 – basically you know they raised the fund
14:21 – and essentially all that money was to
14:22 – deploy you know through them you know
14:24 – they were they’re investors but it
14:25 – wasn’t really kind of working with
14:27 – individual investors at that point the
14:30 – industry kind of evolved in the second
14:31 – place I went where we started working as
14:33 – the operating partner so we would work
14:36 – with more of your hedge funds private
14:38 – equity groups family office that want to
14:40 – at this point this is
14:42 – probably god probably five years after
14:46 – kind of that that initial 2012. So it’s
14:48 – probably 2017, right? Where now it was a
14:50 – lot more a bit more normal, right?
14:52 – There’s a lot more interest like, hey,
14:54 – this single family rental business is
14:56 – actually turned into something
14:57 – manageable. So that thing that warm up
14:59 – said, now it’s actually manageable and
15:00 – you can deploy it. So that attracted a
15:02 – lot more people to the space, but they
15:04 – weren’t going to go build a large
15:06 – operating like operating platform like a
15:08 – lot of the initial funds did. So it was
15:10 – like an operating partner like us where
15:12 – we would, you know, we kind of buy be
15:15 – like, hey, here’s where we should buy.
15:16 – user buy box. We go source the deals,
15:18 – acquire them, rehab and manage them. But
15:20 – they were essentially their their deals.
15:22 – They sat on their balance sheet. So we
15:24 – just operated for them. And that was
15:26 – kind of more of your smaller investor,
15:28 – but you know, still pretty sizable
15:30 – amounts. Um not the billions, but um
15:33 – still significant amount of capital. How
15:36 – much would how much would an investor
15:37 – have to come to the table with before
15:39 – you’d speak to them?
15:42 – um probably you know
15:45 – probably 50 80 uh million in equity.
15:49 – Okay. So pretty much half the
15:51 – listenership of this podcast. So
15:55 – um so 50 to80 million US dollars back in
15:59 – 2017 which is worth a lot more
16:03 – today. And then
16:05 – um and yeah I guess kind of bring it
16:07 – back to today now. How has this industry
16:09 – evolved?
16:12 – Yeah, I mean it’s it’s it’s interesting
16:14 – because it’s kind of it’s a lot more
16:17 – efficient. You know, I think you can get
16:19 – a lot more done with kind of fewer heads
16:21 – technologies taking huge leaps and in
16:24 – way we acquire way we can manage
16:27 – portfolios and properties.
16:30 – Can you can you um can you paint a
16:32 – picture of like who your property
16:34 – managers are because this is a a very
16:36 – common question I get among my Canadian
16:38 – clients is because they’re used to their
16:40 – context mom and pop you know often one
16:44 – entrepreneur one owner couple
16:47 – contractors right some part-time staff
16:50 – maybe two full-time staff like but
16:53 – that’s generally what the max is for
16:55 – property managers here you know enough
16:57 – about our local real estate how hard it
16:59 – to run these businesses. What what um so
17:02 – you now and then only largecale property
17:06 – managers generally only work for or
17:08 – inhouse. So they they’re in-house for
17:10 – the REIT, right? That’s then there’s
17:13 – very little in between uh in my
17:15 – experience. Uh now what what what was
17:18 – the property what were the property
17:19 – managers like that you were working
17:20 – with?
17:22 – Well, yeah, I mean there’s kind of
17:23 – twofold there. So some of the larger
17:26 – funds inhouse their own property
17:28 – management. So it was their property
17:29 – management company.
17:32 – There grew large scale property managers
17:33 – that would do the third party management
17:35 – for other groups that would kind of roll
17:37 – out smaller groups under their umbrella
17:39 – giving them more scale and efficiency. I
17:41 – mean in terms of of headcount I mean
17:43 – it’s you know probably could be hundreds
17:46 – you know it’s it’s you know a corporate
17:48 – business at that point. You know you do
17:49 – have your regional leasing agent
17:51 – maintenance people handling you know
17:53 – turns and maintenance. Um but it’s it’s
17:56 – scaled and it’s under your umbrella.
17:57 – What that does is creates more
17:58 – efficiency to get things done quicker,
18:00 – leveraging technology. You know, when
18:02 – your AC’s out and you’re in Florida, you
18:04 – want to get that fixed quickly. Um, and
18:07 – making sure you’ve got someone that’s
18:08 – taking your calls, someone that’s, you
18:09 – know, addressing that concern, you know,
18:11 – as quickly as possible. Not, you know,
18:13 – calling my local property manager,
18:15 – hoping they pick up, and then hoping
18:16 – they can get an AC guy on the line that
18:19 – can come out and fix my property. You
18:20 – know, it’s a lot more efficient, much
18:23 – better experience for the resident and
18:24 – tenants.
18:26 – Uh, so for my clients, I actually
18:28 – reviewed um some of their due diligence
18:30 – documents, including like u home
18:32 – inspections and then I’d always look at
18:34 – their contractor quotes as well. So here
18:38 – I’ve done volume. I’m doing air quotes
18:40 – for people listening. I’ve done volume
18:42 – as well. I send a lot of referrals being
18:44 – a being a realtor. Uh, so I’m used to
18:46 – like a two-page
18:48 – quote because, you know, and and my my
18:53 – contractors are often using some
18:54 – software, but I’m not getting a heck of
18:56 – a lot of a
18:57 – detail versus when I got my my um my my
19:01 – quote for my house in San Antonio, it
19:03 – was like 70
19:04 – pages, and there are pictures and there
19:06 – was a description, there’s a dollar
19:08 – amount next to it. So, I had I had never
19:11 – seen this level of of um transparency
19:14 – and granularity.
19:16 – Um and and again, this was this was like
19:20 – a culture shock to me because I’ve
19:21 – worked I’ve worked with contractors
19:23 – forever. Like my my ex had a had a
19:25 – contracting business. Uh they had a a
19:27 – bathroom kitchen renovation business.
19:28 – So, I was used to that, right? That was
19:30 – the world. One page, one two page
19:32 – quotes, that’s it. So this whole this
19:34 – whole like to see automation on this
19:36 – level, it was just a complete complete
19:38 – shock to me. Um can you can you add to
19:41 – that? Like um like you’re you’re
19:43 – learning about the Canadian market
19:45 – yourself. What what are some of these
19:47 – other differences that the the Canadian
19:48 – investors aren’t used to? Well, I mean
19:50 – that’s a perfect example of where I was
19:52 – mentioning technology has advanced the
19:54 – field so much because to buy at scale
19:57 – you have to still inspect the property
20:00 – and you know understand everything
20:01 – that’s going into it. So that’s why, you
20:03 – know, we get these scopes, you know,
20:06 – rehab bills back of saying, “Okay, what
20:07 – do we need to do to this property and
20:09 – understand without having to go walk it
20:10 – myself or go through it with an
20:12 – inspector or contractor, getting those
20:15 – things back to you to make an
20:16 – intelligent decision as an acquisition
20:18 – person, you know, help helped run the
20:20 – efficiencies and kind of what has grown
20:22 – out to why, you know, we can offer
20:23 – something like that to a share client
20:25 – that, you know, is buying one, two,
20:27 – three, four, five houses um and getting
20:29 – that level of detail and the efficiency
20:31 – in pricing is because they’re
20:34 – utilizing the same contractors or maybe
20:36 – paint suppliers or flooring suppliers
20:39 – across a number of houses that are
20:42 – bringing that pricing down giving you
20:43 – more efficient and effective pricing.
20:46 – So again, you’ve done you’ve done $2
20:48 – billion of acquisitions of houses. How
20:52 – many of them did you did somebody walk
20:55 – like actually like go site visit?
20:57 – because I’m I’m asking because uh
20:59 – Canadian investors ask, “Oh, uh do I do
21:02 – I go see the
21:03 – house?” What do you What do you say to
21:05 – that? Yeah, I mean, we we had boots on
21:08 – the ground. Somebody would walk and we
21:10 – generate an inspection report on every
21:12 – single house u that that was purchased.
21:14 – I personally did not walk all of them.
21:16 – There were a handful here and there. I’d
21:18 – be on a market tour and walk to some
21:20 – inspections, um, inspect neighborhoods
21:23 – and things like that. But no, I was not
21:25 – walking all of those houses personally,
21:27 – but relying on people that were doing
21:29 – inspections and building their scopes
21:31 – out.
21:33 – So again, you’ve worked for like Wall
21:34 – Streetbacked firms with with, you know,
21:38 – billion plus
21:40 – money. Now, you recently moved made the
21:43 – move to share and you’re now vice
21:44 – president of acquisitions and sales.
21:46 – What is it that attracted you to the
21:47 – role and to the company? Yeah, kind of I
21:50 – mentioned earlier I like kind of growing
21:52 – and kind of building out you know a new
21:55 – new kind of asset new company. So I like
21:57 – what Shar’s doing. You know they’re
21:59 – making real estate investment in the
22:01 – states very very effective and very
22:05 – efficient. You know you can do it
22:06 – remotely internationally very passively
22:09 – but still getting the effects and
22:11 – benefits of having a large scale
22:12 – operator behind you.
22:15 – Now, in your experience, like how much
22:17 – money do you do you have to bring to the
22:18 – table to get this type of service?
22:22 – Oh, I mean to leverage kind of what Shar
22:25 – is offering their clients, you have to a
22:28 – couple hundred homes if not more to
22:29 – really kind of get this level and the
22:31 – efficiencies that Shar’s offering.
22:34 – Great. And that’s what that’s what um
22:37 – when Andrew first when I first met
22:38 – Andrew, the CEO uh co-founder of this
22:40 – company, I’m like I’d never seen
22:42 – anything like this. in in Canada and
22:45 – then you make it available to an
22:47 – everyday
22:48 – investor and the everyday investor
22:50 – doesn’t have to give up any equity.
22:53 – Right. Right. Like u I don’t know how
22:56 – much you can go into it like when you me
22:57 – when you worked for an operating company
22:59 – in 2017 like what was the split between
23:02 – your company and the investor? Um I mean
23:05 – there’s a fee model there but the the
23:07 – the capital partners own the houses
23:10 – outright.
23:13 – And then can you talk to does the fee
23:15 – structure that different between that
23:17 – company and share? Uh I mean somewhat
23:19 – but I mean I think they all operate
23:21 – under similar pretense of you know the
23:23 – the money coming behind is buying the
23:25 – house and owning the house outright and
23:27 – then you know service fees and you know
23:29 – acquisition fees are tied to that for
23:31 – performance.
23:33 – Very cool. But again, you have to come
23:34 – to the table
23:36 – with minimum 100 hoses
23:40 – and a Yeah, I mean it’s I haven’t had
23:42 – specific conversations recently of how
23:44 – many doors you would need, but it’s it’s
23:45 – a big number. Well, I mean, it’s a big
23:47 – number if you want to get, you know,
23:48 – your your cost down because that’s where
23:51 – the efficiency comes from is having that
23:52 – scale. And again, so my first reaction
23:55 – was this is too good to be
23:57 – true. Are you getting that? I’ve gotten
24:00 – that. I gotten that a couple times. The
24:01 – funny part is when sometimes I say, “Oh,
24:02 – the fees are too high.” So, I’ve heard
24:04 – both. So, so being in the middle is so
24:07 – bad if we truly are in the middle. It’s
24:11 – it’s it’s an easy sale it feels like
24:13 – because it’s delivering something that
24:15 – hasn’t been offered to you, but should
24:16 – be, you know, it’s it’s it’s easy real
24:19 – estate investment and it’s open to you
24:21 – and you’re getting the benefits of large
24:23 – scale companies without having to be a
24:25 – large scale company. And it’s, you know,
24:28 – coming from an environment where maybe
24:29 – you can’t buy investment properties that
24:31 – easy or if you do, you can’t manage them
24:33 – efficiently. Um, if but with problematic
24:36 – tenants. So, you know, I think it’s a
24:39 – great opportunity to to open up to, you
24:41 – know, your client base to to utilize
24:43 – share their platform.
24:45 – I mentioned to you uh what what property
24:47 – management looks like in my experience
24:49 – and and where I am and and also I’ve had
24:52 – over 300 past guests on the show as
24:53 – well. So I’ve spoken to many people
24:54 – about their investment models and
24:56 – including like their structures and who
24:57 – manages for them what not and also
24:59 – before we were recording I mentioned to
25:01 – you
25:02 – uh I think every investor at least in
25:05 – Ontario needs to understand this before
25:06 – they decide to invest. So I’ve had the
25:08 – pres the largest lobbyist in Canada so
25:10 – the president of um uh federation of
25:13 – rental uh properties Ontario FURPO and
25:17 – he’s also the pres the the acting
25:18 – president for uh Canadian federation of
25:20 – apartment association. So he is the head
25:24 – of the two large two of the biggest uh
25:26 – lobby um lobbyist uh organizations
25:30 – representing apartment building owners.
25:32 – And a survey among apartment building
25:34 – owners in Ontario came back with uh if a
25:37 – dependent if a tenants pay you rent from
25:39 – the time you service them notice apply
25:42 – that they be evicted non-payment to
25:44 – enforcement as in like they’re removed
25:46 – from the property is 7 to 7 and a2
25:48 – months. Now again that’s that’s that’s
25:50 – largely institutional money. So this is
25:52 – this is like sophisticated professional
25:55 – uh investors, right? This isn’t mom and
25:57 – pop. So mom and pop would like going way
25:59 – beyond seven months for for enforcement
26:01 – of non-payment of rent. What do you say
26:03 – to that? How does that fit into your
26:05 – world? Blows my mind. I think it’d be
26:09 – very tough to operate and very tough to
26:11 – make a decent return.
26:15 – And have you seen anything like that
26:16 – before in your experience?
26:19 – No, I mean we we’ve always tended to
26:21 – operate in landlord friendly states just
26:23 – to make sure those things work more
26:24 – efficiently. You I run into some
26:26 – nightmare tenants here and there, but
26:28 – it’s never been that long of a of a
26:30 – process to to get them. So, let’s let’s
26:34 – take a vanilla non-payment of rent in in
26:36 – the markets that you’ve operated. Can
26:37 – you can you name some of the markets and
26:39 – then what is how what is the process to
26:41 – evict a non-paying tenant?
26:44 – believe it’s, you know, 30 day, I think
26:46 – 30-day notice and then 90 days post, you
26:49 – know, then you get the sheriff out to to
26:51 – evict and it’s going to vary a little
26:53 – bit and I’m not going to go through the
26:55 – process intimately to to give you
26:57 – further detail, but I mean it’s roughly,
26:59 – you know, a couple months they got
27:01 – somebody out maybe a few months.
27:05 – It’s just uh just culturally here in
27:07 – Ontario, it’s the tenants all know they
27:09 – have all the rights.
27:11 – That’s well and then uh I don’t know how
27:14 – much social media has influenced it too
27:16 – but you know we’ve seen people in the
27:17 – states that kind of promote you know
27:19 – ways to get around it and you know
27:21 – aggressively go after kind of those
27:23 – sorts of those tactics and you know
27:25 – protect ourselves against those. Mhm.
27:28 – So, for the listener’s benefit, what
27:29 – markets did you operate in that you felt
27:32 – were landlord friendly? And um I
27:34 – probably operated in, you know, over
27:36 – over two dozen markets throughout the
27:38 – time. You know, a lot of the Sunb Belt
27:40 – markets, Florida, um Atlanta, Georgia,
27:43 – Carolas,
27:45 – um
27:46 – Alabama, Tennessee, Texas, Kansas City,
27:50 – and then some Midwestern markets. Kansas
27:52 – City, Oklahoma City, Ohio, Pittsburgh,
27:56 – Indianapolis. Uh there’s probably a few
27:58 – more. Arkansas, but there’s a few others
28:01 – in there. I’m sure I’m forgetting. So,
28:03 – you’ve been around.
28:05 – Yep. You know, you do that much, you
28:07 – tend to hit a lot of different markets.
28:09 – And and that’s why I tell And um like in
28:12 – Canada, we’re not really used to that
28:13 – and and having multiple to have so many
28:17 – options for at least having even a
28:19 – mid-size city to invest in.
28:22 – Like for example, it was this big news
28:23 – yesterday that’s finalizing a massive
28:26 – bankruptcy. Uh this small group of
28:29 – gentlemen were trying to become the
28:31 – biggest institutional owner of real
28:32 – estate in Ontario. I think they got to
28:35 – 600, now they’re all
28:38 – bankrupt. Yeah. Uh understand like um
28:42 – because of because the affordability is
28:43 – the way it is here, it’s just so
28:45 – expensive. Um and also because we have
28:47 – basements in our houses because it’s
28:48 – cold. So we had to we had to build
28:50 – basements in order to compensate for
28:52 – frost lines so that the property doesn’t
28:54 – heave whatnot. So very common strategy
28:56 – at least in in Ontario and Alberta is
28:59 – that we put in we complete basements
29:01 – into apartments into a complete separate
29:04 – apartment. Uh when I first did mine it
29:06 – was like $33,000 to do the conversion.
29:09 – Today’s retail price is about
29:12 – 160,000. Uh so prices have gone way up.
29:14 – Uh it’s it’s an invasive renovation. Uh
29:17 – so it takes time and so we’ve had folks
29:21 – trying to do this on scale in small
29:23 – towns of like 50,000 population trying
29:25 – to do like a house 100 houses in a short
29:28 – amount of time. So unfortunately they
29:30 – since gone bankrupt I forget where I was
29:31 – going with this but what do you look for
29:34 – in a market? What do you look for market
29:36 – in a market before you decide that’s a
29:38 – good place to invest? Obviously friendly
29:41 – landlord laws um of course and then you
29:44 – know it’s a strong economy diverse kind
29:46 – of workforce and industry uh
29:49 – affordability positive growth um in
29:52 – rents and appreciation and population
29:54 – you know you want somewhere that people
29:56 – are moving to not moving away from and I
29:59 – think that’s you know good schools
30:00 – another one um you know I think those
30:03 – are the main drivers to really kind of
30:04 – get a green light for a market to go
30:06 – into
30:08 – now they give you and for the listeners
30:10 – benefit as well actually the New York
30:12 – posted an article about what hap what
30:14 – would happen if Canada became the 51st
30:16 – state again not getting into politics
30:19 – just just purely numbers if Canada was
30:22 – to become the 51st state I think we’d be
30:23 – the fifth poorest state in terms of
30:27 – income and based on housing we’d be the
30:29 – fourth most
30:31 – expensive as a country that’s we have
30:34 – that kind of disparity can you uh can
30:36 – you talk to affordability in your target
30:38 – markets like what kind of price points
30:40 – and rents are are you looking for when
30:43 – you’re thinking affordability?
30:45 – Yeah, I mean it’s it’s probably that two
30:48 – to 300,000 price point, maybe a little
30:51 – higher. And it depends because it’s just
30:54 – because that’s the median um price point
30:55 – in that area doesn’t mean we’re going to
30:57 – be paying that for that property. We’re
30:58 – going to be looking to where the rents
31:00 – make sense. So where the rents and the
31:02 – pricing makes sense to where the yield
31:04 – is attractive to an investor.
31:08 – making sure there’s enough supply and
31:09 – you can find a good area but you know it
31:11 – might be tough to buy and then you kind
31:13 – of can’t grow there. So it’s you want to
31:15 – find somewhere with enough supply um to
31:17 – meet your demands.
31:19 – In every city you’ve named I think they
31:21 – all have a professional sports team as
31:23 – well.
31:25 – That’s how I did my travel you know. Oh
31:28 – yeah. Yeah. But it is I think you do
31:32 – well I think you see that with with
31:33 – population size. Um, you know, I think
31:36 – there are some smaller markets. I think
31:37 – Birmingham, I don’t think um has a team,
31:41 – but that may be one of a few. Little
31:43 – Rock, I don’t think has a team. Those
31:45 – are good little markets. I don’t I say
31:47 – little markets, but there’s good markets
31:48 – that maybe you don’t hear in the
31:49 – headlines as much as you know Atlanta
31:51 – and Texas.
31:53 – Can you talk to deal sourcing? Um, how
31:56 – do you find properties?
31:59 – That’s secret. Can’t say that.
32:02 – No, that’s it’s really been my specialty
32:04 – over my career is is finding those
32:06 – special deals and finding those u those
32:09 – portfolios and such. And a lot of it
32:11 – it’s it’s from relationship building.
32:13 – It’s it’s putting yourself out there.
32:14 – It’s networking. It’s finding the
32:16 – strategic relationships with who has the
32:18 – inventory of what we’re trying to buy
32:19 – and where does it make sense.
32:23 – Yeah. You mentioned relationships. Are
32:25 – are these relationships with with
32:26 – individual homeowners or like portfolio
32:28 – owners?
32:30 – It’s a good question. So, it’s I mean it
32:32 – may be homeowners, but that homeowner is
32:34 – the portfolio homeowner. A lot of it is
32:36 – people, you know, wholesalers, brokers,
32:40 – um you know, kind of in in the states,
32:43 – you know, single family rentals have
32:44 – become such a kind of asset class that
32:46 – you have portfolio brokers that are
32:48 – specializing in buying and selling
32:50 – portfolios of single family rentals much
32:52 – like, you know, you probably have uh
32:54 – office building brokers or or something
32:56 – in in maybe Canada like we do in the
32:59 – States. you know, it’s it’s a it’s its
33:00 – own asset class. So, making sure that
33:02 – you’re top of mind when they’ve got a
33:04 – portfolio coming to market or maybe it’s
33:05 – offm market, making sure you’re in front
33:08 – of them and they know you and they work
33:09 – with you and know you’re easy to work
33:11 – with.
33:13 – It’s totally different up
33:16 – here. Like, for example, like
33:18 – wholesalers in the States, they do way
33:20 – more volume than ours do up here do.
33:25 – And then you actually built some of
33:26 – these teams yourself, did you not?
33:29 – Um not so much wholesaling. Well, yeah,
33:31 – for a little bit we did um it was an
33:33 – internal we did some direct marketing
33:35 – for a while. Um and then pivoted away
33:37 – from that. But but yeah, we did a little
33:39 – bit of wholesaling. And I think again it
33:41 – goes to kind of evolution of technology
33:44 – and being able to to reach multiple
33:46 – markets and handle handle leads and and
33:49 – business effectively and efficiently.
33:54 – you talked to some ways you’ve seen
33:55 – technology improve um improve real
33:58 – estate investing because again up here
34:01 – we’re we don’t I don’t see a ton of it.
34:04 – I don’t see a lot of use of technology.
34:07 – I mean a lot of it is you know how do
34:09 – you figure out what the rent’s going to
34:10 – be? um you know, utilizing technology
34:12 – that’s looking at, you know, past rental
34:14 – comps and kind of computing what what
34:17 – rent should be all the way to really
34:20 – going through large kind of tapes of of
34:22 – homes and kind of using technology to
34:25 – basically kind of underwrite and tell
34:27 – you which homes are are homes you should
34:29 – pursue or not pursue. Um, yeah, I mean
34:32 – that that’s a lot of a lot of the data
34:34 – providers because you know when you
34:35 – underwrite a home there’s a lot of
34:36 – things you need to account for taxes,
34:38 – insurance, rent, rehab values and making
34:42 – sure that all those data points are
34:44 – accurate and
34:48 – reliable feels so
34:51 – analog because for me it’ll be like I’ll
34:54 – call my property manager and what do you
34:57 – think the rents are? And again, like
34:59 – they’ll have a couple dozen properties
35:02 – under management in the city, maybe a
35:03 – hundred. Like you’re talking about
35:05 – property managers that have like a
35:07 – couple thousand houses under management
35:08 – in the city. So alone they’re data
35:11 – they’re you know um you know Google is a
35:14 – massive company because they’re a data
35:16 – company. Like the amount of data that’s
35:18 – available to your from your vendors is
35:19 – just this is why I feel analog. I feel
35:23 – like I’m coming from the dark ages.
35:25 – Hasn’t always been that way. I mean,
35:27 – going back to when we first started,
35:28 – rental data wasn’t tracked in every
35:30 – market. You know, a lot of the times,
35:32 – you know, we put on the MLS when a house
35:34 – was for sale, but not every market would
35:36 – want those. So, then it was kind of
35:38 – like, all right, how do we figure out
35:39 – the rent? And it was relying on property
35:41 – managers to kind of be like, what do you
35:42 – think this is? But then again, you’re
35:44 – kind of you’re slowing down the process
35:46 – a little bit and then you’re also kind
35:48 – of relying on one person’s opinion
35:50 – versus kind of looking at data to make
35:51 – that opinion to where now rental data in
35:54 – all markets is pretty pretty efficiently
35:56 – found.
35:58 – Wow. Wild. What are some of the biggest
36:01 – advantages for Canadian investors
36:03 – looking into getting into the US rental
36:04 – market through share? Um, I think
36:07 – affordability right now based on kind of
36:09 – what I’ve heard of finding deals that
36:12 – are affordable and then deals that
36:14 – pencil. And I think the big one we were
36:16 – just talking about is operating the
36:18 – property. You know, if you run into a
36:20 – bad tenant, you know, sounds like you’re
36:22 – kind of stuck with it for a while and
36:23 – your cash flow is gone. Whereas, you
36:25 – know, we’re investing in landlord
36:27 – friendly markets with with professional
36:29 – management that can handle, you know,
36:30 – any hiccups that happen. So, I think
36:32 – those are a few few of the initial uh
36:35 – biggest advantages.
36:38 – Yeah. I I think it’s kind of getting
36:40 – lost on Canadians, Canadian investors,
36:42 – how unaffordable it is here. Kind of
36:45 – like the analogy the example I gave if
36:47 – if we were if Canada was a 51st state,
36:49 – how we would rank for housing and
36:51 – incomes. Like it our rents are really
36:54 – unaffordable up here.
36:57 – Um yeah, it’s it’s just Yeah, it’s
36:59 – really sad. Uh so um let’s talk more
37:02 – about your what your plans are for
37:04 – share. So what’s your vision on the
37:05 – acquisition side for share? Are there
37:07 – any new strategies or markets you’re
37:08 – looking to explore?
37:10 – Yeah, I mean we’ve got a large scale
37:13 – coverage now the markets we’re in but I
37:15 – think there’s always room for expansion.
37:17 – I think as we’re looking at more data,
37:19 – figure out which ones we want to get
37:21 – into terms of strategy, you know, I
37:23 – bring a lot of a lot of sourcing
37:25 – connections, a lot of acquisition
37:27 – channels that we can tap into to really
37:29 – bring in a lot more inventory to give
37:31 – our clients more optionality, find
37:33 – better deals and more deals, you know,
37:35 – to help scale.
37:38 – Now I I mentioned how we have
37:40 – affordability issues up here and that’s
37:42 – why the whole um basement apartmenting
37:45 – strateing strategy became a thing around
37:48 – six eight years ago. When I started back
37:50 – in 2005 we were buying single family
37:52 – homes because we could cash flow a
37:53 – single family home. Uh and you mentioned
37:55 – that you like have you trans do you
37:58 – transact on anything besides single
38:00 – family homes ever?
38:02 – I’m not I
38:04 – mean working commercial real estate yes
38:06 – but I mean within the single family
38:08 – rental umbrella of operations it’s all
38:10 – pretty much single family detached so at
38:13 – different points we would do town homes
38:15 – but for the most part it’s it’s detached
38:17 – products so single family single lot has
38:20 – been the primary and the reason why yeah
38:23 – please yeah I mean the reason for that
38:25 – is you know housing is always a need you
38:28 – know it’s a necessity for people it’s
38:30 – not like an office where you have to go
38:32 – to the office to work as we’ve learned
38:33 – you know working from home you know can
38:35 – work as well but people need a place to
38:37 – live and you know as a renter class is
38:40 – kind of growing and growing you know
38:42 – grow you know family will grow out of an
38:44 – apartment you know apartment supply how
38:47 – many apartments over three bedrooms
38:49 – exists and it’s very minimal so you know
38:52 – when you have a family when you have a
38:53 – dog or an animal you know you want that
38:55 – backyard the fence of the yard for the
38:57 – kids and dogs to play you want to get in
38:59 – a good school zone
39:01 – school areas. So then your family stays.
39:04 – And that’s what’s created a resilient
39:05 – asset class is it’s a stickier tenant.
39:07 – They want to stay longer. They want to
39:09 – keep the kids in the schools. And that’s
39:10 – why it’s been resilient, why we’ve
39:12 – specifically gone after the single
39:14 – family, detached versus you doing duplex
39:16 – and triplexes and kind of the
39:18 – multifamily aspect, right? Because
39:21 – again, things have shifted here because
39:23 – I remember when I first started
39:24 – investing. Um, one of the lessons I
39:26 – remember way back when when looking at
39:28 – multif family, for example, was you you
39:30 – wanted as little or no bachelor units in
39:32 – your multif family as possible because
39:34 – that had the highest turnover.
39:37 – Fast forward to where we are today
39:38 – because of where we have rent
39:40 – control is Ontario landlords and
39:43 – probably BC landlords and Quebec City
39:44 – Quebec uh landlords, they want turnover
39:47 – in order so they can so then they can um
39:49 – because the rent’s deregulated between
39:51 – tenants,
39:52 – right? It’s like Twilight Zone.
39:57 – I know we’re in different countries, but
39:58 – it sounds like a foreign language
40:02 – because like I for example, I have a I
40:04 – have a tenant just gave me notice and I
40:06 – was like,
40:08 – “Yay!” versus like now I have vacancy,
40:12 – which is generally a bad thing for a
40:14 – business.
40:17 – And now I have to go spend thousands of
40:18 – dollars to get those ready for the next
40:20 – tenant versus we have clients uh buying
40:23 – in the states turnkey tenanted
40:26 – properties because you don’t have rent
40:28 – control. So you can get great rents in a
40:30 – turnkey rental
40:32 – property. Are we nuts up here? Uh it’s
40:36 – it’s definitely foreign concepts to me.
40:38 – You know, doing as much volume as I’ve
40:40 – done down here and just finding deals
40:41 – that make sense. It’s kind of seems
40:43 – tough to operate. It’s tough to make
40:45 – sense to do it.
40:50 – Okay, so I have some basic questions for
40:51 – you. Uh, if you had to pick three US
40:54 – markets that you believe are prime for
40:56 – single family investment in 2025, which
40:59 – ones would they be and why? You know, I
41:02 – think Atlanta has always been even since
41:04 – I started back in 2012, it’s always been
41:07 – a consistent market. It just delivers.
41:09 – It keeps growing and growing. You look
41:11 – at the geography, it’s getting denser.
41:13 – Um, I definitely would stick there. Um,
41:17 – Kansas City’s been a consistent market
41:19 – through a number of different strategies
41:21 – um that I’ve been executing on through
41:23 – the single family rental space. It’s
41:25 – always been delivering, you know,
41:27 – diverse um diverse businesses and
41:29 – economies, affordability, you know, wage
41:32 – growth is
41:34 – positive. There’s a real consistent
41:36 – market that I rely on. And then um
41:38 – Little Rock’s probably I think under the
41:40 – radar one that I think is growing. Um
41:44 – started investing there a few years ago
41:46 – and I think it’s it’s it’s going to be
41:48 – market that a lot of people are going to
41:49 – be looking at. I mean I’ve clients in
41:52 – all three markets.
41:55 – Uh now how do you decide what
41:57 – renovations to do on these properties?
42:01 – Yeah, I mean it it kind of goes to the
42:04 – investor preference, but you know, you
42:05 – want every house to be, you know, clean,
42:07 – safe, and functional to start with and
42:09 – then doing the appropriate upgrades to,
42:12 – you know, kitchen, bathroom, flooring to
42:14 – where we think the rent level should be
42:15 – in that market. You look at the comps
42:17 – and you see, okay, we want, you know,
42:19 – 2,000 in rent, do we need stainless? Do
42:22 – we need stone countertops? What are kind
42:24 – of the levels that we need to do to
42:25 – reach that rent? Right? So this is just
42:28 – like cold hard analysis that’s done with
42:30 – a lot of data behind it. Yeah. I mean I
42:34 – think you mentioned you know
42:35 – institutional versus retail investing
42:36 – and that’s the biggest part of it is you
42:38 – go hey here’s the strategy here’s the
42:41 – buy box. Here’s how we’re going to
42:42 – operate. Let’s go. We’re not going to do
42:44 – anything that’s outside of it versus
42:46 – retail investing where you find a deal
42:48 – and you can be creative with it. You
42:49 – could rent it out. You could flip it.
42:51 – You could try to do a subject two deal
42:52 – like I know you’re familiar with.
42:54 – Whereas in institutional investing is
42:56 – kind of like one lane. this is how we’re
42:57 – going through and executing.
43:00 – Well, that’s how you get it so that it’s
43:02 – a passive investment for the investor,
43:05 – right? It’s it’s it’s process and
43:07 – procedure that helps you know build
43:09 – repeatable actions so you can scale
43:12 – and again you come from you’re talking
43:14 – about scale because you’ve done like
43:16 – what 5,000
43:20 – houses at least TPC pulled up the number
43:23 – 5,000. I don’t know where that came
43:25 – from.
43:27 – So again, you can you you’ve you’ve seen
43:29 – this done on scale. So this is not
43:32 – you’re not making this up. You’re not
43:33 – reinventing the wheel. No, it’s it’s the
43:36 – same playbook. Um you know, it’s been
43:38 – repeated for over a decade, probably
43:40 – more than that. But you know, it’s seen
43:43 – it work, seen it scale, seen it
43:45 – executed, and seen the returns.
43:48 – Okay. So for someone who wants to make
43:50 – their first
43:52 – investment, what are the first steps
43:53 – they should take? Um, definitely
43:56 – research, you know, listening to a
43:58 – podcast like yours, educating yourself
44:00 – or, you know, contacting a company like
44:02 – Share and and learning more about
44:04 – markets, learning about the process,
44:05 – what to expect. Last thing you want to
44:07 – do is kind of buy a house and then
44:08 – figure it out. You want to have a plan
44:10 – of action going into it, how am I going
44:13 – to buy it, how am I going to handle this
44:15 – situation that may come up and work with
44:17 – a partner coach to kind of help get you
44:19 – through that.
44:21 – What I love about Share is like we have
44:22 – people like you now. you’ve done two
44:24 – billion transactions. We have our chief
44:25 – investment officer Dimmitri who’s you
44:28 – know 7 billions across his desk 20,000
44:31 – units uh versus for a retail investor
44:35 – like I literally know I I have personal
44:37 – friends with coaches and like their
44:38 – advice to Canadian investors is first
44:42 – you have to choose a market which is
44:43 – which is not easy to do like you
44:46 – mentioned you were in like two a couple
44:48 – two dozen markets which are probably all
44:50 – great so you have to research that first
44:52 – and then once you pick one call 10
44:55 – realtors
44:59 – about the share platform is it’s
45:01 – really it it’s really simple you know
45:04 – it’s it’s you know we’re going to talk
45:06 – to you about the process we’re going to
45:07 – talk to you about the benefits of
45:09 – investing in this and then we’re going
45:10 – to talk to you about the markets and
45:12 – then we’re going to start showing
45:13 – inventory you know and just be like hey
45:15 – this is this is how this house is going
45:16 – to look and we show you the underwriting
45:18 – and it’s not you’re back in the napkin
45:19 – on your writing it’s detailed database
45:22 – data driven thoughtful underwriting of
45:24 – why are we taking this vacancy? Where do
45:26 – we think rent’s going in in a year or
45:28 – two? Where do we think this is
45:29 – happening? Why are we taking reserves
45:31 – out? You know, and all that
45:32 – underwriting. Make sure they understand.
45:34 – So, it’s kind of apples to apples next
45:35 – time we look at a different house. And
45:37 – they know why we’re looking at it that
45:38 – way. We’re getting a house from a
45:40 – realtor and trying to figure out what’s
45:42 – the rent and then what do you think
45:43 – expenses are going to be? Hopefully,
45:45 – what’s my return?
45:47 – And Sher, I believe we’re at 23 markets
45:49 – right now. I think we just got 24th. we
45:51 – keep seem to add a market every month or
45:53 – so. And so again, what I love about shar
45:55 – is there’s no bias for where, right?
45:59 – Right. Versus you call a realtor, their
46:01 – bias will be what’s local to them,
46:03 – right? I mean, we got the scale to move
46:06 – into markets pretty efficiently and
46:09 – pretty quickly. And it’s and it it
46:11 – really what I like is even if you’re in
46:13 – the States, you know, I’m in Tampa, but
46:14 – you know, I like to buy a house in Tampa
46:16 – or a house in Atlanta and Austin. You
46:20 – can do that through share very simply
46:21 – and you don’t have to go see the
46:22 – property or go hire a manager, you know,
46:24 – you can still invest through them simply
46:26 – like that.
46:28 – And then also the vast majority of our
46:31 – deals are done off market. So we’re not
46:32 – even using realtors on the buy
46:36 – side. What what is
46:39 – um what is so again the scale of
46:42 – wholesalers is completely different than
46:43 – the states. How can you how can you
46:45 – paint a picture for the listener on what
46:47 – it is on how many wholesalers how many
46:49 – wholesale relationships you have? Um I
46:53 – mean it’s probably over a dozen if not
46:56 – more and you know if the business
46:58 – evolves too. I mean guys come in
47:00 – business, guys leave the business, guys
47:01 – scale the business where they’re
47:02 – absorbing other wholesalers as well. But
47:05 – again, it’s the technology that you
47:06 – they’re utilizing in their marketing um
47:09 – and their underwriting to get deals
47:11 – locked up and then getting it out to,
47:13 – you know, qualified buyers.
47:17 – So again, like our listener won’t have
47:20 – um context to how much volume these
47:22 – wholesalers do. How how many deals do
47:24 – you think these wholesalers do a year?
47:26 – The ones that you’re working with, the
47:28 – good ones, I think, are doing over a
47:30 – thousand. The good ones that large
47:32 – enough
47:35 – Okay. So, I’m friends with the largest
47:36 – wholesaler in Canada, and he’s nowhere
47:37 – near
47:39 – that. I don’t even think he’s over 100
47:41 – deals a year. I think he’s more like
47:42 – I’ll ask him later, but he’s under 100.
47:45 – I’ve had him on the show
47:48 – with a lot of even kind of regional ones
47:50 – and it’s, you know, they’re the data is
47:54 – getting really good to where they’re
47:55 – marketing to the correct people that are
47:57 – looking to transact and then they have
48:00 – the technology to utilize them to lock
48:02 – up the deal, see the deal, um, and then
48:05 – market it out to the correct buyers. So,
48:08 – I mean, that business has grown a lot
48:09 – and it, you know, it’s feed into the
48:11 – institutional world of acquisitions as
48:13 – well.
48:15 – So one thing that makes share special is
48:17 – that uh our clients are able to do uh
48:19 – they’re able to buy fixer uppers uh
48:22 – through share and share will coordinate
48:24 – the the fixing upping and then the
48:27 – client gets to benefit from the upside.
48:30 – I guess that was always the case for all
48:31 – your clients. But
48:33 – again, before I met Andrew, before I met
48:36 – Sher, anyone who would bring you that
48:38 – investment, they would always want
48:40 – equity,
48:41 – right? Oh, yeah. In my experience up
48:43 – here in Ontario and Canada, like pretty
48:45 – much across Canada, I I’m friends with
48:47 – the people who wrote the book on how to
48:49 – raise capital for joint venture projects
48:51 – and typical is 50%.
48:55 – Right. What do you have to say about
48:57 – that?
48:59 – Yeah, I’m not too familiar with that
49:00 – structure. I mean, I think there I’ve
49:02 – seen some where, you know, somebody
49:04 – finds a deal and then the guy putting
49:05 – the capital on to flip it, they’ll have
49:07 – a split of some sort, but um not very
49:10 – common in my world.
49:14 – And then shared doesn’t take any split.
49:17 – No. No. I mean, all our investors own
49:19 – their real estate outright.
49:22 – All right. So, so the way I tell my
49:24 – clients is it’s you’re operationally
49:26 – passive, but because you own the house,
49:29 – you have to get your own
49:30 – financing. So, woe is you. It’s all the
49:34 – heavy lifting of of pushing
49:38 – paper. You don’t even have to see the
49:44 – property. So, it is it’s April right
49:46 – now. This episode actually come out
49:47 – pretty quickly. Uh, what do you think
49:49 – the state of the market is today? Uh
49:51 – it’s these are interesting times that
49:52 – we’re in. I was kind of regretting this
49:55 – question. Uh depends on the hour down
49:59 – here right now. But um but no, it’s you
50:02 – know, I think it’s it’s why we invest in
50:04 – real estate. Um it’s resilient. You
50:06 – know, housing prices aren’t fluctuating
50:08 – like the stock market. Um you know,
50:11 – we’re investing in strong markets that
50:13 – are resilient. The single family rental
50:16 – class is strong resilient over time.
50:18 – It’s it’s one of the you know what when
50:20 – the economy is down rentorship is is up
50:23 – so your rental demand is there like we
50:26 – were speaking earlier housing is a
50:27 – necessity and we need to fill that for
50:29 – people so buying single family rentals
50:32 – is helping you know support you know
50:34 – people get into houses and again one
50:37 – thing I like about American investing is
50:38 – we can buy turnkey rentals including
50:40 – with the tenant there so the investor
50:43 – can actually invest the tenant as well
50:45 – are they in a res is their is their job
50:47 – in a resilient industry to like the ter
50:49 – to a trade war, right? If they’re not,
50:52 – just move
50:53 – on. We can’t do that here.
50:57 – Yeah, it’s that’s interesting to me and
51:00 – kind of seems kind of crazy.
51:03 – Yeah. And and for the listeners benefit,
51:06 – pretty much every American I talk to and
51:07 – tell them about Ontario, they’re just
51:08 – that’s nuts. It’s just a foreign
51:11 – concept. Oh, and then uh also uh like
51:13 – I’m good friends with many property
51:15 – managers. Pretty much all of them. So
51:17 – again, remember the example I gave you.
51:19 – It could be seven months or more of not
51:22 – getting rent as a landlord, but there
51:25 – could be a property manager and pretty
51:27 – much all of them here in Canada still
51:29 – take their fee, their monthly fee, even
51:31 – though there’s no rent coming in. Is
51:33 – that is that is that do you have similar
51:34 – experiences like that working in the
51:36 – States? No, typically you’re not
51:38 – collecting a management fee of any sort
51:41 – until the the property’s occupied and
51:42 – there’s a paying tenant in there to
51:45 – collect the fee from.
51:48 – Uh, and then renovations. So, how are
51:50 – renovations done? Who like how do you
51:53 – how do you coordinate that? Do you get
51:54 – the like three quotes? Like how how are
51:56 – renovations executed on on rental
51:58 – properties that need that need some
51:59 – work? Yeah. I mean, so we’re utilizing
52:01 – just like the property management
52:03 – companies. We’re using, you know, large
52:04 – scale contractors that have that buying
52:07 – power like we were speaking earlier, um,
52:09 – to get cost down, that are doing the
52:11 – rehabs, that are doing, you know,
52:12 – probably hundreds of projects across the
52:14 – country.
52:17 – Again, it’s so different here. I can’t
52:20 – think of any property manager that has
52:21 – that in-house here on scale. So, the
52:25 – other thing I noticed as well is that
52:26 – it’s um some things in the states are
52:28 – more expensive than up here. Like when
52:30 – I’m in the grocery store in the States,
52:31 – I was in upstate New York uh just in
52:33 – January. I was I was in Hawaii just
52:35 – recently, which is probably not a good
52:37 – example. Well, your groceries and your
52:39 – food’s more expensive than ours. But one
52:41 – thing that’s way less expensive is your
52:43 – materials and labor. for
52:47 – renovations. Can you comment on that?
52:50 – Are you Is that just a thing about the
52:52 – states?
52:54 – Yeah, I’m not sure specifics though on
52:56 – why those may be lower. Um might be the
52:59 – the workforce we have up there.
53:03 – I
53:05 – I I’ve shared the story before. So, I
53:08 – was I was having dinner in downtown
53:09 – Toronto and we just happened to be
53:11 – sitting next to two employees of one of
53:13 – the largest builders in our city.
53:16 – Tridell and you know um so I showed them
53:20 – my house in San
53:22 – Antonio 2200 ft² I paid 265 for it so
53:26 – it’s like $120 per square per per square
53:28 – foot including the land now they work
53:31 – for Tridell and so they said to me you
53:34 – know we sell apartment building
53:38 – condominiums for like $13400 a square
53:41 – foot
53:42 – Canadian that’s just to give an idea of
53:45 – how much more expensive it is just to
53:46 – build here. Yeah, I know. I’m all
53:49 – learning that.
53:52 – I don’t even know. Yeah, maybe you pay
53:54 – that in California and New York City,
53:55 – but that’s probably it.
53:58 – Maybe. Maybe. Do you do do you know how
54:01 – to um actually this is a good question
54:04 – again. And so this was new to me when
54:05 – when uh when looking at deals in the
54:08 – states and how due diligence is done.
54:10 – Like your property managers are actually
54:12 – know your property managers who do
54:14 – renovation work, they actually know what
54:15 – the run rate is as in like if it’s a
54:19 – $20,000 renovation budget, they know
54:21 – exactly how long that will take. Can you
54:22 – talk to that? Because again, that’s
54:24 – that’s not a thing here in Canada. I
54:27 – mean, that’s something that’s come out
54:29 – of, you know, the funds bonding
54:31 – thousands and thousands of houses and
54:32 – doing thousands and thousands of rehabs
54:34 – is is understanding your your
54:36 – measurables. How are you tracking things
54:37 – to know if you’re working efficiently or
54:39 – not? And and a good run rate is probably
54:41 – $1,000 a day. So, if it’s a $15,000
54:45 – rehab, should take, you know, a little
54:46 – more than two weeks to get that done.
54:48 – And that’s just kind of an industry
54:50 – standard of realizing where you should
54:51 – be. Some may be better, some may be
54:53 – higher. Um, but it’s one of those
54:55 – metrics, you know, to see if you’re
54:56 – running efficiently is is one of those
54:58 – things that’s kind of transacted out of
55:00 – that institutional world of of building
55:02 – portfolios of tens of thousands of
55:04 – homes. Now, you mentioned efficiency up
55:08 – here for again my experience and also
55:11 – it’s a common thing in in our circles is
55:14 – uh it’s never on time, never on budget.
55:16 – It’s always more time or is more budget.
55:19 – How what’s your experience like? Um, I
55:22 – mean, I can’t speak for every contractor
55:24 – out there, but, you know, we try to use
55:25 – the best that are in line and following
55:28 – time, following deadlines, and working
55:31 – with groups that, you know, follow those
55:33 – as well. How do you hold them
55:35 – accountable? Because here, it’s like
55:37 – here we we don’t have many to choose
55:39 – from. How do you hold your contractors
55:42 – accountable? A lot of times you’ve got a
55:44 – project manager that’s running that
55:45 – crew. Um, and they’re the ones working
55:47 – on it because they know if this crew is
55:49 – not working or this deal is not working
55:51 – and we’re going to be buying more
55:52 – houses, well, they need to get things
55:54 – done to to kind of cater to us to make
55:56 – sure we’re going to use them again. So,
55:58 – it’s kind of that optionality of, okay,
55:59 – well, we’re not getting things done
56:01 – efficiently here. We’re going to move to
56:03 – somebody else that will get it done. So,
56:04 – it’s it’s kind of caring that, you know,
56:06 – we’ve got the business that we’re
56:07 – delivering here and you want a piece of
56:09 – it. We need to work. We need to work
56:10 – better.
56:13 – So, it sounds like there’s completely
56:15 – different uh strength and relationship.
56:18 – Uh like here we need our contractors
56:20 – more than they need us
56:23 – generally because they’re in there
56:25 – there’s so few of them. Uh it sounds
56:29 – like you as the investor operating
56:32 – company have much more leverage in that
56:34 – relationship.
56:36 – Well, when you’re when you’re building a
56:37 – large scale portfolio, you know, you’re
56:40 – you need contractors obviously, but you
56:42 – also need people that work well to keep
56:44 – things scaling correctly. And I think
56:46 – they see if they want to be a part of
56:47 – that growth with you that they make
56:49 – things work and and start working
56:50 – efficiently. If people aren’t, they’re
56:52 – getting people in that will
56:54 – uh because correct me if I’m wrong,
56:56 – there’s monetary penalty as well because
56:59 – if there’s no rent coming in and the
57:01 – property manager is doing the
57:02 – renovation, then they can’t collect
57:04 – their monthly fee until it’s ready and
57:06 – rented out, right? That would be a
57:08 – detriment for them.
57:11 – I remember when I was in Atlanta, when I
57:12 – was telling him about how we still have
57:14 – to pay property management fees even
57:15 – though the place is vacant, he looked at
57:17 – me like I was crazy. He said to me, “If
57:20 – you still have to pay fees when the
57:21 – place is vacant, what’s the motivation
57:22 – to rent it
57:26 – out?” So, I I think it’s a good question
57:28 – for the listener to ask themselves as
57:30 – well. What is the motivation for for the
57:31 – listener to for the for the for the
57:33 – property manager to fill the place?
57:34 – Because it actually is an issue. Uh I
57:36 – actually know quite a few people who’ve
57:38 – basically had negligent property
57:39 – managers because they were still
57:41 – collecting their fee. They would just
57:43 – sit on their hands and not rent the
57:44 – place out.
57:46 – That’s crazy.
57:48 – Yeah, because again like you’re able to
57:50 – monitor
57:51 – metrics. How would you be able to
57:54 – identify this as a problem uh in your
57:56 – portfolio?
58:00 – Sorry to say that again. How uh are you
58:04 – able to monitor that in your portfolio
58:05 – if a vacancies going longer than
58:07 – expected? Oh yeah. Yeah, absolutely. I
58:10 – mean, you’re typically looking at, you
58:11 – know, once once the property is ready,
58:14 – 30 days, where are we at? you know,
58:16 – what’s the lead volume, what kind of
58:18 – action we’re getting, how many visits
58:19 – have we had, how many tours have we had,
58:21 – how many applications are coming in, and
58:23 – then you’re looking at that anything
58:24 – past 30 days is starting to get more and
58:26 – more attention. So, any sort of age
58:28 – inventory that’s sitting out there is
58:30 – getting more and more attention and
58:31 – scrutinized and seeing why, you know,
58:33 – what is it? Is it the is it the
58:34 – marketing of the property? Is there
58:36 – something with the home that maybe needs
58:38 – to be adjusted and or potentially
58:41 – pricing? But, you know, more than likely
58:43 – it’s one of the other two that we need
58:44 – need to address.
58:45 – Again, just just a different level of
58:48 – automation than I’m used to.
58:49 – Invisibility
58:52 – tens of thousands of homes in a
58:54 – portfolio figure how to do it.
58:57 – Ben, we’re running out of time. Thank
58:58 – you so much for doing this. Any final
59:00 – thoughts you’d like to share with the
59:02 – listener, us poor Canadians?
59:05 – Um, yeah. I mean, I think it’s a great
59:07 – time to look into share if you haven’t
59:09 – and start exploring the uh the US single
59:10 – family rental market.
59:12 – How can people follow you or connect
59:14 – with you should they want to? Um, you
59:17 – can follow me at LinkedIn. Uh, my name
59:19 – Ben.
59:21 – Thanks so much for doing this, Ben.
59:23 – Thanks. Time. All right, friends. That
59:26 – wraps up another episode of the Truth
59:27 – About Real Estate Investing Show for
59:29 – Canadians. Hope you got as much out of
59:31 – this one as I did. Remember that whether
59:34 – you’re just starting out or a seasoned
59:35 – investor, there’s always something new
59:37 – to learn and it’s always about building
59:38 – that practical knowledge base that gets
59:39 – you closer to financial freedom. If you
59:42 – found value today, please do us a favor
59:43 – and leave us a review or a rating. Share
59:45 – this episode with a friend or better
59:47 – yet, join our community of real estate
59:48 – investors who are taking action and
59:50 – making moves. And hey, if there’s a
59:52 – topic you want us to cover or have uh
59:54 – there’s a certain guest you’d like us to
59:55 – have on the show, drop me a line. My DMs
59:57 – are open on social media. Reply to this
59:59 – email that this have arrived on. I’m not
60:02 – hard to find. Uh you know, we’re all
60:04 – about getting you the unfiltered truth
60:06 – to help you on your journey. Thanks
60:08 – again for tuning in and we’ll see you in
60:10 – the next episode. Until then, stay
60:12 – smart, stay curious, and keep building
60:13 – that future. Catch you later.

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/D5LXxPd8jWU

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Youtube-thumbnails-64.png 720 1280 Erwin Szeto https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Erwin Szeto2025-05-20 16:02:192025-05-20 16:24:14From Housing Crash to Acquiring $2 Billion of Real Estate

 Lazy, Remote, Across CAN Investor & Big Results Over 20+ Years

May 2, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Erwin Szeto

Hey friends, this is Erwin Szeto, and welcome to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, where it’s my job to interview the top minds in real estate and business to uncover the strategies, mindsets, and habits that actually work—especially in today’s market.

My guest today is Michael Ponte—a full-time real estate investor, educator, and co-founder of Savvy Investor. He’s been investing for more than 20 years and owns a multi-provincial portfolio that spans Alberta, BC, and Atlantic Canada. He’s raised capital, survived multiple recessions, and built a strategy around what he calls “lazy investing”—focused on cash flow, simplicity, and long-term success.

In this episode, we get into:

  • Why he avoids over-leveraged strategies like promissory notes and MLI Select
  • What it’s like to refinance and pull nearly $1 million out of a property
  • And how he built a business around student rentals, multi-family units, and zero tolerance for rent control

Also—Michael is hosting a free virtual boot camp on May 3rd, and I’ll be one of the speakers. It’s called The Savvy Investor Boot Camp, and it covers everything from BRRRRs to private lending to U.S. investing. You can register at thesavvyinvestor.ca — again, it’s completely free.

Now, please enjoy my conversation with Michael Ponte.

To Listen:

** Transcript Auto-Generated**

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/R7DIDgCubwk

Download as an MP3 by right-clicking here and choosing “save as”

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Michael-Ponte.jpg 630 1200 Erwin Szeto https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Erwin Szeto2025-05-02 16:28:432025-05-02 16:28:48 Lazy, Remote, Across CAN Investor & Big Results Over 20+ Years

Mortgage Market Update: Canada & USA w/ Unicorn Mortgage Expert Scott Dillingham of LendCity

April 22, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Erwin Szeto

Greetings friends, this is Erwin Szeto, and welcome to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, the #9 ranked podcast for Canadian Investment and Personal Finance per FeedSpot! Thank you listeners and past guests of this show! As always it’s a honour to have this platform and ability to give back to the community that has been so much to my family and I where we all share a passion for the best investment class in the world: real estate.  Here on this show, it’s my job to interview the top minds in real estate investing and business to uncover the strategies, mindsets, and habits that actually work—especially in today’s market.

This week’s guest is Scott Dillingham, founder of LendCity Mortgages, is returning to the show with a mortgage market update!  He is a rare expert in both Canadian and U.S. real estate financing.

Scott built his career helping investors—starting as a high-volume mortgage broker at one of Canada’s Big Four banks for ten years, where he consistently ranked among the top 1% nationwide. In his peak year, he closed over 410 mortgage deals, most of them for investment properties.

He’s also a seasoned real estate investor himself, owning dozens of rental units, which gives him firsthand insight into the challenges his clients face.

What makes Scott especially unique is that, as a dual citizen, he’s able to own and operate mortgage brokerages in both Canada and the U.S.—something rare, I don’t know anyone else who can do that. That means Canadian investors working with Scott can access lending strategies, mortgage approvals, and support for properties on both sides of the border—all under one team.

Through LendCity, Scott works with over 60 lenders in Canada and 2,500+ lending sources in the U.S., helping investors scale smarter no matter where they’re buying.

📍Catch him live Saturday morning April 26th Half-Day iWIN Meeting. We have in person seats which are almost sold out and a bit of room online for those who live a bit further away. We survey our subscribers and you want to hear about landlord friendly strategies: student rentals, short term rentals and the US and that’s what you’ll get!  My team and I will be sharing a local real estate market update including rentals, tips on selling tenanted properties and Scott will be live and in person where he’ll share best practices on financing and navigating both Canadian and U.S. lending markets.

🎟️ Register here: https://iwinmeeting.eventbrite.ca/?aff=ig

Please enjoy the show!

To Listen:

** Transcript Auto-Generated**

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/c0wE6a_j6Uc

Download as an MP3 by right-clicking here and choosing “save as”

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Scott-Dillingham-v2.jpg 630 1200 Erwin Szeto https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Erwin Szeto2025-04-22 16:09:302025-04-22 16:09:33Mortgage Market Update: Canada & USA w/ Unicorn Mortgage Expert Scott Dillingham of LendCity

Powerhouse Conference: Kevin O’Leary, A-Rod, Dragons Michelle & Manjit — 1 Stage, 5,000 Attendees

April 11, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Erwin Szeto

 ✅ Understand why investors are shifting to U.S. markets
✅ Learn how to raise capital and structure bigger deals
✅ Hear what it takes to put 5,000 investors in a room with A-listers

Ever wonder what it takes to build Canada’s biggest investing conference?

My old friend Seth Ferguson, returns to the show, after losing all his rental properties to a nasty divorce along with his golf clubs, he started the Multifamily Conference in Covid in 2022 which was excellent, 2023 was headlined by Grant Cardone & Alex Rodriguez, 2024 Wolf of Wall Street Jordan Belfort and Robert Harjevic.  Today, Seth takes us behind the scenes of how he scaled from a couple hundred person real estate event into a 5,000-attendee juggernaut, easily Canada’s largest Business & Investment event. With speakers like Kevin O’Leary, A-Rod, Dragons Dens: Michelle Romanow, and Manjit Minhas, and still another major speaker yet to be announced. Powerhouse is an apt name for the event.  Same for the budget!

We dive into marketing, event growth, and how Seth landed some of the biggest names in business. For details and to register go to: https://powerhouseconference.com/

The event takes place May 23-25th in Toronto.

We also get into Seth’s own real estate portfolio and his shift away from Canadian rentals to focus exclusively on multifamily investments in landlord-friendly U.S. markets like Texas and Florida.

Seth and his team specialize in garden-style multifamily properties—low-rise, landscaped apartment communities that are common in the U.S. but virtually unheard of in Canada, where high-rise towers dominate. He shares what makes these assets so attractive, how they’re managed, and why he’s also drawn to build-to-rent communities and why he’s bullish in places like Florida and Texas. For details check out www.cpicapital.ca

To Listen:

** Transcript Auto-Generated**
(00:00) ever wonder what it takes to build Canada’s biggest business and investing conference welcome to the truth about real estate investing show My name’s Winto and my old friend Seth Ferguson returns to the show after losing all his rental properties to a nasty divorce along with the worst part He lost his golf clubs along along also in that divorce Then he went on to start the multif family conference in CO back in 2022 which was uh in my opinion was excellent Uh I had front row seats to it In 2023 uh the event was headed Levine
(00:30) by Grant Cardone and Alex Rodriguez 2024 Wolf of Wall Street Jordan Belffort and Robert Robert Hydravac of uh Shark Tank and Dragon Stand fame Uh today Seth takes us behind the scenes on how he scaled from a couple hundred person event which was headlined by Kevin Olir back in 2022 Again it was CO was still going on So Seth recounts the stress levels of trying to operate the the first big event uh just barely exiting COVID Anyways uh the plan is for this event in 2025 to be a 5,000 person attendee juggernaut but that will be easily
(01:09) Canada’s largest business and investment event with speakers like uh returning Kevin Lur Liry Alex Rodriguez Dragons Den Michelle Romano and Meni Maz along with a major major speaker that’s yet to be announced Powerhouse is an app name for the event So stay so and also same goes for the budget We dive into the marketing the event growth how Seth landed some of the biggest names in the business For details and to register go to powerhouseconference.
(01:37) com Again that’s powerhouseconference.com The event takes place over 3 days May 23rd to 20 May 25th in Toronto We’ll also get into Seth’s own real estate portfolio because this is a real estate investing show Uh of course we’re going to dig into why he shifted away from the Canadian rentals to focus almost exclusively on multif family investments in landlord friendly markets like Texas and Florida Seth and his team specialize in garden style multif family properties So that’s lowrise think like threetory at the most U so that’s lowrise landscaped uh
(02:07) apartment communities So these look more like resorts than they do what we’re what we’re used to in Canada of high-rise apartment buildings Uh these are more common uh these are more common in the US but virtually unheard of in Canada I personally can’t think of anyone I know personally who invests in garden style multif family in Canada Uh he shares what what makes these assets so attractive how they’re managed and why he’s also drawn to uh built to rent communities So that’s new construction uh purpose-built rentals uh also in
(02:37) these same markets in Texas and Florida Uh also why we’re going to talk about why he’s bullish in those markets as well For more details on Seth’s Investments go to www.cpic capital.ca At CPI those are letters CPI capital.ca And uh please enjoy the [Music] show But before we get to our guest I want to take a quick second to share something valuable with you If you’re serious about building wealth through real estate but struggling to find profitable investments in Canada I’ve got something that will help I’ve put
(03:14) together a comprehensive guide to US real estate investing for Canadians breaking down the best markets financing strategies tax considerations and landlord friendly states where Canadians are getting better cash flow and long-term appreciation It’s completely free You can grab your copy at www.truthofaboutreestateinvesting.
(03:31) ca Just look for it on the right side of the page Along with the guide you’ll also get our weekly newsletter that goes out to over 10,000 Canadians at no charge Since 2010 yes I’ve been sending it for every week since 2010 We send new podcast episodes as they were as a release so you never miss out on these expert insights invites to exclusive inerson and online events with top real estate minds actionable strategies to help you grow your portfolio and build wealth faster Again go to www.truthrealestinvesting.ca and
(04:01) download your free guide today Now please enjoy the show So Seth I I see all the ads in my in my uh social media uh feeds Um so what’s keeping you busy these days absolutely nothing You know nothing on my plate You know I’m not following you around the internet along with everybody else No absolutely nothing Yeah right I I have an idea what your advertising spend is Yeah it’s uh we we are spending a lot Um but it’s the same thing every year But yeah it’s uh you know it’s just Canada’s number one business and investing conference No big
(04:32) deal Yeah Probably biggest budget most attendees Yeah Like we’re this year will be uh about 5,000 people It’s big Okay So 5,000 expected What was the first year uh a thousand And that’s 2021 was 2022 almost Uh yeah that was coming of co So that was four years ago Um and then we did 2500 past couple years and then now we’re basically doubling in size Okay Yeah Crazy And the budget and the speaker profile Yeah Yeah Actually this year for speakers I think this is the best lineup we’ve ever had Um you know just to rip off a couple names So we’ve
(05:11) got Kevin Olri who spoke at the first event and he’s coming back He was excellent He was great We got really good positive comments We’ll talk about Kevin and the keyboard warriors in a little bit but uh yeah So Kevin Olirri is coming back A-Rod asked to come back Um we’ve got another speaker who has asked to come back who we haven’t officially announced yet Um we could release it and we’ll I’ll just hold on to this episode Say it’s okay No no no no We’ll we’ll make it a big surprise Okay Um and then um Michelle Romanau and
(05:43) Jeep from Dragon Stand Wait damn We have like three dragons That That’s right Yeah we’ve got Michael Hyatt uh who uh big tech guy He’s involved with U of um and he’s had a couple exits over a billion dollars Uh like really really smart guy He’s on um the like the Tomorrow’s Dragons show so he does lots of commentary with that Um who else do we have um yeah so anyways huge lineup Every day is rock solid speakers And your budget I’m imagine has gone up significantly Yeah the budget’s increased a little bit Yeah Okay hang on
(06:18) Let’s let’s go through journeys through time Who were who were your headline speakers the first year Yeah So Kevin Olirri was the the keynote in the first year Yeah Uh the next year A-Rod and Grant Cardone But you had other great speakers I think that first gentleman who had raised almost a billion Like that guy was really good The older gentleman Oh uh Joel Block Yeah Joel’s a great guy Yeah Yeah Yeah So um you know he helps people structure uh funds and syndications Really really smart guy A good friend of mine Uh Joe Fairless Uh
(06:46) so right now he’s doing deals with Blackstone now a massive multif family guy Um we’re we’re in like the billions and billions in terms of his his portfolio size with Ashcraftoft Uh he was in there the first year So yeah 100% We we have we’ve always had really good quality people But in terms of like the famous kind of celebrity speakers Kevin Olirri was the was the celebrity the first year second year A-Rod Grant Cardone Um and then and they’re really inexpensive right oh yeah Two for one deal Yeah Exactly They fly up on the
(07:17) same jet Um do they really or No no no no no Separate jets Trust me And it’s separate jets Um can you share how you know oh well because uh you know to keep a jet in the air is about8 to $10,000 US per hour Well how would you know that well I I don’t know how I would know You know maybe maybe uh that that fees included somewhere Um and then last year we had Robert Herjek who was excellent We had Jordan Belelffort who was really cool as a salesperson I thought that was really cool And uh Elena Cardone came up
(07:51) last year too So those were the big three last year and then this year it’s this is like the all-star team And and what’s different about the agenda are there more days yeah Yeah Yeah For for sure So um the past couple years we’ve run a Friday workshop session Uh so somebody could pick a couple different workshops a beginner or advanced workshop Um and then we would have the main stage for the Saturday Sunday This year we’ve changed it up Um and we’re going mainstage all three days And the reason is um crowd control Uh so we have
(08:29) a really hard time um fitting people in in places that aren’t the main stage area And with us doubling in size our breakout rooms they can’t really handle the capacity we would have So it’s far um better from um from both organizational but also in terms of the product people get Now I can put the best speakers on the main stage um like all three days I think it’s going to be more impactful for everybody Uh you know the the quality of speaker is definitely the the best we’ve ever had Um overall it’s just going to be a better
(09:04) experience for everybody right And I’m I’m still regret you telling me who the speaker unnamed speaker is Yeah we’ve got an unnamed speaker and then actually we have a couple unnamed speakers Um so you know right now on the website we’ve got some people listed but there are some more announcements to come for sure because I’m the worst criter Yeah Yeah I I’ll have to have you sign an NDA Uh but what I was trying to get to is like you still have some speakers that are really big Oh huge names Huge Huge Yeah And um now with our event you
(09:38) know we’re at the point where people will ask to come back Um which is pretty cool Um they’re like “Hey like I really like coming you know like Alex like he actually moved around something so he could come back.” Uh which is which is pretty neat I can see why he I saw A-Rod play and he I don’t know what it was but he he played extra good in front of the Blue Jays That’s why I still like Toronto Yeah Exactly Yeah Yeah So you know Alex I and quite honestly I thought Alex was excellent two years ago when he came A lot of
(10:10) people write him off as a baseball guy Oh he just made his money playing baseball Most people don’t realize he started investing in duplexes when he was broke in the minors You know he had no money and that was going to be his backup plan Um so I I think um you know a couple years ago when he came out he he changed a lot of minds and and he really gave people a true perspective on what he’s all about And now he’s built this worldass organization with A-Rod Corp Um and they’re doing some crazy deals Um but really you can just tell
(10:39) when you’re talking with him on stage um like he he’s got it dialed in He’s definitely an A player and you just can tell the sharpness of his eyes He knows what the he’s talking Can I say he knows what he’s talking about So so what’s the plan you have so you’re having a speaker return like is it uh what will he be talking about will he be building upon the previous or he’s got some new insights yeah Well obviously in the current environment we’ve had a lot of changes from two years ago What’s changed oh that’s all Nothing’s changed
(11:10) at all So you know on the Canadian side uh we’re going to be you know we’re heading we’re in an election cycle right now Uh so there’s going to be changes uh by the end of May whenever conferences on the US side We’ve had a president change Oh you know I never heard of him Well the other guy was sleeping and so I’m not really sure So um but yeah So so we’ve had a president change and you know foreign policy shift economic policy shift So one of the reasons why I wanted to bring this like all-star cast out to the conference is everybody has a
(11:42) different take on you know what they think is going to happen the strategies they’re employing in their businesses We’ve got people on stage that are in tech We’ve got people in on stage that are in real estate all sorts of different industries And all those industries are going to be impacted in a slightly different way Um so it’s more I want to give people in the audience I want to give them the information and the strategies and the applicable things that they can take away in real time like immediately and apply them to their
(12:13) business to help them because right now we’re in a period of uncertainty and we all know as investors the most amount of money is made in periods of uncertainty So how can we help everybody at the conference take advantage of the situation that’s presenting itself right now now you mentioned uh you have a couple dragons as well Yeah Do you what uh what what what did they uh do they have they already have their talks planned or did you like give them topics to choose from yeah Well I’ll I’ll let you in on a little secret Well you know
(12:43) this from your event Um nothing’s planned yet We’re still two months out So that’ll be done probably a week before because we want to keep it timely Yeah Um a and you know based on Yeah Because we’ll have a new We may have a new prime minister New prime minister We don’t even know what the platform is for the current prime minister Exactly So that there’s going to be a lot changing and then you know even on the economic with the whole tariff situation there’s going to be changes then Uh so I want this to be extremely timely Um and uh so
(13:13) yeah we’ll probably have those discussions the week before That’s kind of cool because like um you mentioned Michelle Romano and the other dragon uh man Yeah Yeah So they’re they’re used to having these conversations in real time with like their own investor partners and investors and whatnot Yeah So I’d be love to hearing that like hearing that inside the boardroom conversation that they have with their own clients and investors Yeah absolutely And we’re getting a lot of different perspectives obviously with uh Michelle with Clear
(13:40) Bank you know that there’s there’s that side of things Mane she’s in the beverage space So like just different insights and we’re going to understand how things are impacting them and then they can impart the the lessons they’ve learned and the strategies they’re adopting right now Um that that’s the big thing and the the thing I’ve learned as well over the years is you know you can learn a lot from somebody in a very different business or industry Um maybe you don’t see the maybe on the surface you’re like oh well that doesn’t make
(14:09) sense but then when you listen to it like you’re like hey you know I could actually do this in my business and and it just gives you a different perspective Yeah Like for example within Canadian real estate I see a lot of people working on real estate adjacent businesses because if you’re a local investor I think you know like where do you find cash flow exactly and then the previous avenue for cash flow is people refinancing and that’s really difficult these days So again like so again like local investors like on Canadian Ontario
(14:40) I I see I see a lot of them there are going into adjacent businesses to real estate So they kind of need like it’s kind of needed in this current environment uh to learn outside of real estate just just buying and holding whatever you got to crazy times people need to learn to pivot for for sure or they have to show up to one of your web classes So you also changed the name of the of the conference We did Yeah Actually there’s a really good reason why we did that So the past three years we’ve been the multif family conference So mainly
(15:11) focus on multif family real estate apartment buildings Um we do a whole bunch of audience uh data research surveys and we basically found that the majority of our audience was not buying apartment buildings Uh you know we had a lot of uh other types of real estate they were investing in We were attracting people who weren’t even in real estate who wanted to hear the speakers And so I I we basically came to the um the conclusion that we were actually turning away a lot of people who could benefit from the conference
(15:40) you know we get people emailing in calling into the office being like “Hey Seth two years I came I’ve been able to accomplish this much Thank you so much for what you’re doing.” And those are some pretty cool stories And I I just felt if we’re going to continue to grow the conference expand our impact you know why are we turning people away when you know we’re not only a small fraction of our audience is actually doing apartment buildings it just didn’t make sense So with powerhouse we’re changing the name so that way people aren’t
(16:08) turned off just by thinking it’s all about apartment buildings And the other thing some people didn’t even know what multif family meant A lot of people thought we were talking about multiple families living in the same house right like people who aren’t so familiar uh with real estate So powerhouse is uh is a new name Really excited about it Um and it it’s giving us a little bit more leeway So you know if somebody’s coming from uh from a real estate perspective you know we’re able you know we have Jordan Zimmerman coming in uh massive
(16:38) advertising guy You know he’s worked with Coca-Cola Honda he’s behind uh some Super Bowl ads like massive guy And uh so it doesn’t matter if you’re a real estate investor if you’re a tech startup it doesn’t matter like the stuff he’s going to give you about what’s working right now in the marketing space like you can apply that to any business you have Cuz I remember Kevin Lir’s talk from your first event Yeah Uh and how he was talking mostly about loss in his portfolio Yeah Which was from his uh commercial office He used to have AAA
(17:08) commercial office Yep For all the haters I’m sure they loved this That’s That’s right Just clip this We should Look at this loser Just got this loser coming to the show Sorry I’m actually I I think Kevin Lir’s content is quite good So back to the talk that he was giving and then uh and then him sharing about what prop what he considers proper uh portfolio allocation So obviously not all real estate and they talked quite a bit about crypto as well Yeah And at that time it was still pretty early and it seemed kind of worked out
(17:39) He was right He was right like Bitcoin is probably at least double versus what what it was when when he gave that talk Yeah Yeah Because that was uh like a month after the COVID lockdown Well the second lockdown’s lifted So yeah that that was three years ago basically And then um Yeah And then Kevin is a dynamic individual He doesn’t just do real estate No Very knowledgeable and super nice guy too Super nice guy Uh he just attracts a lot of hate from the keyboard people That’s all I don’t understand it You want to elaborate on
(18:13) that oh man Yeah So uh the first year uh that we ran the conference um we had Kevin Olri as the keynote guy and uh we had a lot of hate come in A lot of hate Um couldn’t see in the room Yeah Ticket Yeah Well but that’s that’s the thing So the keyboard warriors are not the people who would show up to an event like this Um and then this year I I would say the the hate has multiplied by a factor of 10 Well because you know like Kevin’s offering his opinions Um and he he has a certain view on some things that could
(18:48) be beneficial And uh I think I would call it the less the less astute uh people out there who live on the internet Um you know they they write things online and um that’s what they’d like to do Interesting Good Actually now that I remember like he ran for the leader of PC party so that’s probably why a lot of that hate was there Well PC and then you know he’s talked about an economic union between Canada and the US Um so you know there’s a lot of people who don’t understand um and you know the thing and this is goes for all internet
(19:22) haters right um you know when you actually check out who those people are generally they don’t have much going on in their life so that yeah so what else are you excited about at the conference how much more it cost than last year yeah so definitely spending a lot more a lot more money uh can you uh can you which areas are more cuz before we’re recording I asked about the venue food Yeah Yeah For sure It’s more of my own curiosity around how inflation’s going these days Yeah So so uh food and beverage obviously is impacted Um for
(19:55) sure Um now when you look at events you’ve got some fixed costs Your fixed costs are going to be the venue You know we take up you know 250 300,000 square feet um in the north building which is the most expensive venue in in Toronto Yeah you pay well I would say yeah you pay through the nose and it’s like Disneyland you know if you want to bring in a bottle of water they charge like six bucks for each bottle it’s ridiculous but anyways like that there’s pros and cons right so in that venue they have the size you can basically do
(20:28) anything you want in terms of rigging no restrictions worldclass venue you know it’s good but you pay for it you pay for what you get um so that’s a fixed cost uh the variable costs with running events like this are um you know speaker fees You can choose to bring on more expensive speakers less speakers that type of thing Um and then also um you know marketing cost You know I basically follow people around the internet for months leading up to the conference So for the next 60 days I’m sorry Irwin but you’re going to see my face every day Um
(21:00) so that’s obviously a a variable cost too But the the big changes with uh COVID or not COVID but uh with uh inflation um I I would say food and beverage has been one overall Um you know increase in I guess like your typical speaker fee would be another one Um and then you know wages staffing like all of that costs a pretty penny as well Just high level it sounds like you’re like at least 10% higher on everything over the year Uh yeah Well so we’re basically doubling in size uh for this year So obviously ad spend’s basically doubled
(21:36) like all of that type of stuff Venue doesn’t really change but venue has gone up a a decent chunk just with the way things have been in the economy over the past year Sounds like people should own a hard assets I think they should Yeah Or speakers Yeah Yeah Well well for like we’re we’re going back to the scene tower this year again So last year we did a um a black tie party at the Art Gallery of Ontario Everybody loved it So the ladies had their nice dresses the guys had the tuxes That’s a nice venue Yeah Yeah It was really cool Um but this
(22:06) year we’re going back to CN Tower which we were at two years ago Uh so we’re doing black tie um in CN Tower So that’s uh So general admission gets gets black tie to Tower No no no So you got to buy like a VIP ticket to get into the black tie Oh for sure Yeah Well there’s capacity issues and all of that So no Can I fit 5,000 people up there no I definitely not Definitely not Um but uh but yeah so like our top ticket um is VIP or act well actually I should correct myself So we’ve actually added a new ticket type for this year uh called
(22:39) the powerhouse ticket So what we’re doing is they’re getting everything in terms of VIP So they’re getting the Q&A with all the speakers Is it on the website oh yeah Yeah We we can scroll down if you want I don’t scroll down Oh look at all those beautiful people Look at all those beautiful people Oh here we go So the powerhouse ticket um we’re basically adding two extra days of mastermind So it’s a fiveday event But get this So in those two days Michelle Romanau is sticking around to run um mastermind sessions Man Jeet
(23:11) sticking around and Michael Hyatt So if you’re a high highlevel business owner and you want like a small group with some really high quality people and talking about business at a high level the powerhouse ticket Yeah Yeah Yeah It’s pretty cool Yeah You You’ve never had this before no No This is brand new Well because like we take audience feedback pretty seriously and uh we have Oh yeah People want Oh yeah Naturally especially when you’re have a big event people always want smaller groups For sure Yeah And and so they’re like “Hey
(23:41) like I love these speakers.” VIP we do the Q&A but they’re like I want more So we’ve added on the two extra days so the Monday and the Tuesday right after the conference small group mastermind Um and uh yeah it’s it’s going to be really really cool And this and quite honestly the speakers are really excited about it because it’s it’s small group like they can be a lot more engaging a lot of a lot more back and forth with it It’s going to be a lot of fun And and then the VIP Yeah So VIP um you know CN tower like all of that stuff um plus Q&As’s
(24:13) with the speakers So you know let’s say Kevin Olirri gets off the main stage he goes right to the VIP room we do Q&A with the VIPs Same with same thing with Alex Rodriguez Same thing with Jordan Zimmerman Um same thing with another big speaker we haven’t announced yet Um and that’s actually been really popular um over the years where somebody gets off the main stage we do more private Q&A It’s it’s a different setting It’s a little bit more intimate You get different answers than what you would get on the main stage Um so it’s a lot
(24:42) of fun I remember previous years there were a lot of photo ops as well Are there photo ops well for sure Yeah So um I think uh with Alex this year we’re going to do some photo ops for the VIPs um as well So basically like the VIPs when I go to events I always like when I went to your your conference for example I always buy the most expensive ticket because you meet the coolest people Um and um and basically our VIP We want to give the best access we can So hey you get access to the speakers You get top-notch experiences you wouldn’t
(25:12) experience on your own Renting out the CN Tower We’ve got some other cool things we haven’t even announced yet So it’s going to be a fun time CN Tower So you’re on one of the upper levels Yeah we’ll rent out the observation deck Yeah How many people in the in the powerhouse uh Oh about a 100 Okay A lot Yeah But it’s a small it’s it’s small compared to the to the 5,000 people It’s top notch Yeah top-notch What uh so you mentioned you did survey um surveys of your past attendees and whatnot Yeah What are people looking for what were their
(25:44) challenges oh I’ll give you all the stats So um 42% and this is specific to real estate right so if somebody’s a real estate investor 42% of our audience their number one challenge is raising capital And and so when you look at um when you look at content and and how we drive things um es and it doesn’t matter if you’re raising money for real estate raising money for a startup whatever to expand your business Um the fundamentals don’t really change Um so a lot of our content will gear towards that Um number
(26:18) two challenge for real estate investors is deal flow You know how to find deals that pencil out that type of thing Um and then number three is structuring So hey you know I’m raising money from people How do I put this deal together you know I want to launch my first fund How do I do that i want to launch my first syndication How do I do that so those are the top three On the business side uh number one challenge is lead generation getting attention for the business Number two is conversion So taking that interest and converting it
(26:47) into paying customers Then number three is business funding So how do I tap into sources because I think Robert HJC uh mentioned this at last year’s conference He’s like he’s the only guy he knows who has launched a tech a successful tech business using uh credit cards and banks because like using banks is almost impossible especially here in Canada very restrictive Um so we we won’t definitely want to tap into some alternate funding sources how you know Michelle like she’s invested over $2 billion into uh businesses and startups
(27:21) you know like I’m like she’s going to be sharing you know hey exactly if you got this idea if you need to grow these are the avenues you probably don’t even know about that are available to you what’s so back to real estate question what is this interest in local real estate versus foreign yeah so about se um I think it’s like 73% % or 72% of our audience they’re either already investing in the US or they’re interested in investing in the US That’s a lot Yeah it is a lot That’s way higher than my list Yeah So it’s uh Yeah it
(27:59) it’s very interesting And so and that’s why you know with us on the real estate content you know we’ve got Canadian investors but we also have US investors because it’s a huge interest for our audience Huge And obviously with CPI and everything we’re focused exclusively in the States and you you’ve got stuff too Um but yeah it’s a it’s a huge point of interest Yeah huge point of interest Speaking of huge point of interest all this like buy Canada stuff Do you have anyone talking to Canadian real estate yeah actually uh we’ve got a couple
(28:27) people think that’s that’s patriotic Oh Oh man Uh yeah So we actually have a couple panels this year Uh the panels actually we get really good feedback on the panels Uh so we’ve got a couple people on there talking specifically about Canadian real estate and what they’re doing right now in the Canadian market to win Yeah It’s actually funny A friend of mine where and I were talking like everybody hates landlords Why don’t be landlords to Americans especially Texan Stick it to them Oh man But you know like I I have in in terms of like
(28:57) hate about that stuff especially with the multif family conference there’s some really batshit crazy people at like I was getting death threats I was getting people who were threatening to like murder my family It just crazy sick stuff Um so yeah like people are ridiculous Just ridiculous Is this on Facebook yeah Like like they would send DM messages in to like the Facebook page and you know like it is what it is But yeah just like some really messed up people Yeah it’s unfortunate and that’s the that’s the downside of being in
(29:29) front of everybody Yeah Right I can’t I couldn’t imagine what your speakers get like a Kevin Olri Oh for sure Well we kind of we kind of laugh Oh no But like what does he get directly oh Oh yeah Way worse than you got For sure Right But but at some point like when you start getting the hate you know that’s a sign you’re actually starting to get some traction Interesting Were any of your speakers get overwhelmingly positive feedback man like uh oh I love that you got this person Um you know what everybody like we get complaints about
(29:58) everybody literally everybody So you know like you you can’t please everybody And uh so you know like Petra he’s got haters Oh man Yes Michelle literally everybody And she has haters Everybody Um but the thing like for me um from like the organizer standpoint I want to make sure number one I invite these people in because I want to hang out with them and I want to talk to them because I want to know what they have to say Um and I also want to make sure I’m getting uh different perspectives from different industries
(30:31) So for instance Michelle uh you know a Canadian like she’s got her uh uh clear co now and then you know Manet another Canadian um you know Kevin Oly you know Canadian perspective um as well but he’s crossborder And then we have other people like Alex right alex Rodriguez we got Jordan Zimmerman Um you know I want to put the most well-rounded lineup on stage Uh because number one I’m interested in it but number two um you know it it’s showing that the audience is interested in it too And that’s why we get so many people out Adam can you
(31:08) scroll down to just the the the announced speakers i feel like I’m on Joe Rogan right now We got the TV screen now Yeah we try to be like that It’s good looking people Yeah Uh next row down I think we’ve talked about these people Yeah we we got a couple question marks Yeah I’m fascinating what the what man’s thinking about the because I like alcohol for example like the younger the younger generation doesn’t drink I know Yeah 100% You can’t blame I don’t blame them talking about food and be prices Yeah Yeah Boost
(31:35) prices are nuts Yeah Well like I I don’t I don’t drink either right but um yeah we got Michelle Hilly Wikenheiser Jordan Zimmerman I love I watch so much women’s hockey Yeah Hilly Wikenheiser And then so uh yeah Jordan Zimmerman Michael High and then we’ve got uh a bunch that I haven’t even announced yet So yeah it’s it’s uh it’s pretty cool It’s pretty cool A-Rod’s changed his picture though from a couple years ago So who should come to this conference yeah so this conference is a perfect fit You know if you’re a business owner
(32:12) right seven figure eight figure business owner If you have a startup idea perfect fit If you’re a real estate investor if you’re a lender a developer anybody in business who’s looking to attract more customers or investors do a better job at converting them into revenue and scaling their business in wealth That’s who should come Pretty much everyone Yeah Yeah We h we have like you know last year for example we’ll have somebody you know who’s just starting out and then we’ll have somebody with a billion and a half
(32:43) dollars of assets under management and everything in between And and that’s the cool thing Um and I can tell you like you know the guys on on my uh my ticket sales team they love it because you know they’re calling uh people who have requested more information and um you know they somebody could pick up the phone they could be brand new or they could be running a very successful business So it’s fun for them too They get to talk with a whole bunch of different people Now tell me about what uh I remember you doing a lot of uh South USA uh multif
(33:16) family properties Yeah for sure Yeah What’s Give me an update on that How’s things Yeah Yeah We we actually have a deal right now in Texas that we’re in San Antonio that we’re wrapping up Nice Yeah Yeah Yeah Yeah So uh so that that’s wrapping up Um but yeah we’re very very bullish on the Florida and Texan markets for sure Um so we’ve got a couple others in the works that right now that we haven’t announced but we’re we’re almost there Tell me tell me about uh for for the people that didn’t listen to previous episodes for example like what
(33:45) is it you’re looking for for real estate investing because when we first met I believe most of your properties were they local in Milton oh Oh yeah Well those were the ones that disappeared So they’re still there Yeah Yeah Yeah Um but uh but yeah so so I’m a partner with a company called CPI Capital So we focus exclusively on US real estate uh specifically you know Florida Texas What’s wrong with here the home buy Canadian It it Well you you don’t you want Ontario Canada tenants uh no I do not Um you know it’s just you know we we
(34:19) look for uh some specific things in markets You know you just look at the GDP of Texas right and you look at the Canadian GDP I you you’ve gone through this stuff before like the entire Texan market uh exceeds the total GDP of the entire country here It helps that they’re willing to access their oil But yeah oh for drill baby drill right and then uh you’ve got government policy in place too Um and and there’s just the long-term uh market drivers that we’re that we’re looking for There’s just growth Um and then the government policy
(34:51) I can’t understate it It does play a role in it as well So we’re pretty bullish on um on the Florida markets Uh there’s a couple that we really focus on Same thing in Texas So you know we’re we’re uh we’re growing the portfolio We’re having some fun eating some barbecue at the same time Yes I remember someone was telling me I forget it’ll bother me now Someone was telling me about how Texas uh employees of the state are actually like doing basically doing business development going to other companies in different states Oh
(35:21) yeah And telling them like “Hey come to Texas the lands that you can get the land for cheap at this value There’s no state tax No Well that that’s the thing So and this is where you know so for just to clarify for the listener like no state taxes are equivalent of saying there’s no provincial tax Yeah Exactly Which is like half your tax Yeah Yeah So so you look at policy from you know a federal level a state level and then a municipal level Um at the municipal level there are some cities who are very aggressive in targeting and going after
(35:51) you know uh companies to move in outside investment and some of them do a really good job at it Really good job And then there’s other cities who who don’t Um we avoid those ones Oh for for sure But yeah like there are entire departments whose only job it is is to provide relevant statistics and information to possible investors and companies and present a business case as to why that person should leave California Yeah And move their company right well anywhere where don’t know a better way to say it Anywhere that’s pro union and high taxes
(36:22) Oh for sure 100% Like why would you if you’re looking to invest generally you’re probably going to look where it’s more businessfriendly and lower tax well Erin you’re telling me that you can’t tax your way into economic su success right i’m a business guy so I’m like like show me the history of where that you that were that successful Yeah Oh no We just have a homeless problem Everybody’s on the streets and there’s poo everywhere Oh we’ll just raise taxes Yeah Yeah But I digress Uh so uh which markets in Texas and Florida you
(36:57) interested in yeah Yeah So the deal right now is in San Antonio Um this this is actually a build to rent um community Yeah So like 62 units Um we have a good relationship with the builder who just built the exact same project just down the street So it’s a exact carbon copy So the van the advantage to that is we know exactly what the costs are exactly what the timelines look like exactly what the properties are selling for renting for Uh it’s a carbon copy So we’re going into that with a high degree of uh confidence and the the numbers are
(37:30) actually really really good Is there more information available on it anywhere yeah for for sure If somebody’s interested they just have to go to sethfers.org/invest /invest and then you can fill out a a quick little like calendar thing and then you can talk with my team Yeah for sure I always think that people should uh like for example when I started investing in real estate I looked at a hundred houses Yeah I was licensed so I could do it on my own not bother a realtor go to open houses and whatnot And then only then
(37:56) did I feel I knew what the top 20% looked like and then I was only interested in owning the top 20% for that for that segment I was trying to target for Yeah For uh my tenant profile Uh and no different than this Like this is a build to rent Um can you elaborate more is it houses is it high yeah Yeah Good question And I should probably explain what build to rent means if somebody’s listening and they’re not quite sure It’s not really a Canadian thing No one really builds to rent here Yeah Yeah That is Yeah Well there’s
(38:23) there’s a whole thing like here people will convert an apartment into condos right in the US they’ll take condos and convert them into apartments So it’s just the the economics at play Built to rent in a nutshell uh think of a single family home that you would typically rent out It’s not very scalable There’s a lot of inefficiencies And then you take apartment buildings on the other hand very efficient but it’s like apartment buildings It’s it’s there’s no home There’s no uh backyard or anything What build to rent does if if the
(38:52) demographic has good income they generally want a yard Exactly Right Families as well Yeah So what build to rent does is um you know a number of years ago a couple of the big big firms said hey well why don’t we just have single family homes where we can get higher rents and have the tenants stay for longer on average but why don’t we just do this at scale so um sorry just sorry to interrupt for the listeners benefit pretty much all the largest rates on Wall Street all do built to rent huge massive amount of money all of
(39:22) them all the household names America homes for rent lenar yeah uh uh tric Icon uh Blackstone they all do it Everybody right so so basically you know in our case you we’re building over 60 uh units on this site They’re built to our specifications We decide what we’re doing because we’re basically gearing it for rental This entire community is being built to rent out Um but the benefit is in terms of financing in terms of operation it operates just like an apartment building So you’re getting the efficiencies of scale that come with
(39:55) multif family but you’re also getting the higher uh average rents and the stickiness of the tenants at the same time So it’s a good middle ground Um this is our first build to rent project that that we’re doing Uh really excited about it We’ve got a great partner in terms of the builder Um but like generally speaking we’re a multif family value ad uh firm But yeah like super excited So this from the outside looking in does it look like just any another any other subdivision yeah for for sure It’s um because again like most most
(40:22) Canadians have no concept of what built to rent what what it looks like in the states like you’re building a basically a 64 home subdivision Yeah Yeah And and the only purpose is to rent it out And you know anybody who’s done single family homes they’ll know if they’re buying a resale home and they’re going to rent it out There’s probably things in that home that have been done for the homeowner in mind not necessarily to maximize rental value So the materials you’re going to use you’re probably going to want to use a sturdier floor
(40:48) like that type of thing And a lot of homeowners they’ll often overimprove their property but for rentals like are you maximizing the ROI so at the end of the day we want to provide the absolute best living uh situation and um and comfort for the tenants We want to make it affordable accessible and when we have full control from the ground up we can basically do whatever we want It makes it a lot easier Mhm And just as a sound like a broken record real estate’s hyper local because the question I always get from investors is “Oh why
(41:19) don’t you just build apartment buildings why why are you doing houses?” Because it always like end of the day it’s what the customer wants and will make you the most money Yeah And in certain markets it’s detached houses for for sure Yeah Single family detached houses Yeah You have to have a handle on what tenants are looking for For instance you can compare two markets One market the expectation is you have a built-in washer and dryer Another market that’s not even an expectation Some markets they’ll expect you know granite you know
(41:47) stone countertops Other people just typical countertops are fine You have to understand well what your demographic is who’s moving in Is it families is it single professionals with a dog is it uh couples who is it that’s going to help guide you on you know what types of amenities you’re going to offer do you need a gym do you need a dog park all of that type of stuff for sure I was actually reading I’ve repeated this before I was reading the quarterly analyst call notes for America Homes for Rent which is a top five RE Yeah Right
(42:18) Huge Uh huge Yeah and and the anal and on the analyst call and someone literally asked why don’t you build multif family or at least some density like town houses and the answer was we found in our experience if anything with density even town homes they said they had higher vacancy more rental concessions meaning you have to give back to the tenant and uh and so so that’s lower valuations if your rents are lower it’s worth less right this is just business so they decide to build what is in highest demand and that is
(42:49) detached homes Yeah 100 100% Right And I think and again it’s market dependent Yeah Oh yeah For sure And it’s also firm dependent right it’s like what types of skill sets uh does does the uh does the partnership or the ownership look like uh what do they bring to the table you know if if somebody’s got a great uh track record building and that’s what they know and they can uh and they have an inside edge on the rest of the market build If somebody’s a great manager of an asset and that they’re they excel at the
(43:18) management side well buy something already existing and run it You know with with us we’re fortunate where we’ve got you know really strong uh people on the development construction side We have really strong people on the management side So you know we we’re we’re fortunate that that um that you know our company skill sets can you know run a build to rent uh project but also do multif family really really well right and when you say multif family is most of it vertical like 30 story No no no So so we like the garden style Um so
(43:50) what I mean by garden style is you’ll see two or threetory uh properties You got lots of green space You’ll have the pool Obviously we’re not dealing with snow in here Can we bring it up on your website oh yeah Yeah for for sure Yeah you can go to cpic capital.ca Oh we’re plugging websites now Oh this is like “Hey Jamie pull up that clip like on Rogan.
(44:14) ” Yeah sure Was that what they look like yeah Yeah So this is garden style So um if you scroll down this Yeah Yeah Yeah Well it’s Florida right man this is way prettier than stuff Looks like an Ontario Oh Uh yeah If you go um here go track record There’s going to be some other photos and stuff Maybe the internet’s kind of running slow For listener we actually uh we do broadcast post these videos on YouTube as well So those who are following on YouTube can see what we’re talking about but if you go to cap uh cpic capital.ca
(45:02) uh there’s a we’ve got all the pictures all that stuff But yeah it’s like the reason I personally like garden style properties is um number one you don’t feel like you’re living in like this concrete tower You’ve got grass you’ve got pools you’ve got like dog you have green space If you got kids they can run around You’ve got playgrounds It’s not you’re not just not in that vertical now Downtown Toronto it’s all buildings right uh but the property uh the areas we’re looking at it’s uh you know like we’re we’ve got one in Tampa right great
(45:34) market Uh oh here we go I think it was just uh loading slow with the internet If you click on one there you go You can click on that one here Atlas There we go I remember uh something that Grant said at the long time ago Grant Cardone he was saying how if you show nicer properties it’s easier to raise capital Oh yeah for sure Because I remember when when I remember when he first showed me his stuff I’m like “This isn’t actually your stuff It’s just like marketing real stuff right?” He goes “No no these are actual properties.” Yeah Like “Oh this
(46:05) is this is pretty good looking nice looking stuff.” Well when you’re selling anything um you know like you have to have a little bit of sex appeal And you know if somebody you know if the that doesn’t exist in Ontario multif family No No No I’m sure everyone’s grateful you can’t scratch and sniff though No And so with this property atlas like this is a 70s vintage right so really Yeah Yeah But this is what I mean 70s This is what we do right we take an older looking thing and and we uh we freshen it up and add some beautiful uh
(46:34) stuff to it Right Wait So both inside and the common areas like your like that interlocking looks new Yeah Yeah So so we’re changing the exterior There’s some other stuff we’re uh we’re adding right now um to the exterior Uh cleaning up modernizing it in-unit renovations Great Yeah for sure So what kind of like let’s let’s get more detailed like what kind of what kind of renovations provide you ROI yeah So um when we’re looking to go in we’re not looking to do like heavy heavy heavy lifts So we’re not we’re not
(47:03) dividing one unit into two basement But but what we’re looking to do is we’re looking at coming in uh you know flooring uh the the boxes in the kitchen uh cupboard doors uh you know vanities toilets lighting paint that type of thing on the inside Okay So nothing crazy Not nothing crazy Pretty light But it it’s also looking Yeah Is that what the Is that what the main room looks like yeah Yeah This one’s a obviously a class A property Wait was that what the Was that what it looked like when you bought it yeah Yeah This is this is like
(47:35) a trophy frontier Is that what it called yeah So so talking about um you know for instance with uh grant and that stuff like Yeah This is a a class A asset Yeah But yeah so so when you’re looking at and each type of property is going to have a different business plan So with the one we were looking at before Atlas uh that one is called what’s is what’s called value ad So we’re taking an asset that we feel is underperforming in the marketplace We’re doing either physical renovations or we’re improving the operational efficiency of the of the
(48:07) property and then we’re going to drive rents and then improve it Interesting So for the listeners benefit it almost looks like a vacation resort but the property look really nice The finishing on the inside modern Well you’re in Florida You have a shared pool Yeah You’re in Florida like an outdoor pool not like an indoor pool No no no Well you don’t have to deal with snow So uh Yeah Like but this is what you get So for me if I’m buying a piece of real estate do I want to deal with snow most of the time no Like here you can swim
(48:42) There’s nothing like this in Canada No No So but this this these are great examples of garden uh garden style assets Do you have an Instagram too oh yeah Just go to Seth Ferguson official And you have pictures of these on there too uh yeah If you scroll like we put a lot of different content on the Seth Ferguson official This is uh I had no idea Oh yeah I thought you I thought you just did highrises No no no Oh no No We don’t do highrises No But you can see when you start looking at the uh the garden style it’s got a nice feel You
(49:13) see grass you know you’ve got all sorts of amenities It’s a lot of fun Yeah And and I have a I have a friend who’s like exiting his all his Ontario stuff because he’s having um even his own staff or the the tenant uh property manager relationship’s the worst it’s ever been He was telling his own staff feels uncomfortable with the the tone that tenants have Gotcha And you can like it’s it’s so like we’ve been on this affordability issue forever and now it seems like we’re close to the breaking point Yeah So people are on
(49:43) their last dollar and Yeah Yeah Yeah And I I think what’s happened is we’ve had decades of mismanagement of it and uh it’s not getting any better versus your tenants are they live in paradise Well are you happy yeah Yeah So so you know we provide housing to regular people So you’ve got doctors you got uh nurses you got firefighters police officers like just regular people you know So that’s what we’re doing We’re providing a high quality place to live um at uh like affordable fair prices What What’s the typical unit a
(50:20) two-bedroom like what is it yeah two two bed uh one bath Um well depending on the asset right so let’s start with the Florida one Yeah Yeah So so if you just click on that there So we have a mix of uh two-bedroom units Um and obviously have a couple different uh layouts and styles And how much is to rent a two-bedroom uh right now uh we’re we’re just under $2,000 for some units So like it’s it’s affordable Yeah One bedrooms in Toronto Yeah This is this is what I mean right this is what I mean right so we’ve got you know some two bedrooms
(50:52) some three bedrooms Um you know depending on the asset sometimes you have some bachelors in there as well Um but like here how much is the bachelor oh like compared to here it’s dirt cheap right it it’s insane And sorry what city did you say this one’s in uh this one’s in Tampa Tampa’s a nice city Oh yeah It’s great Yeah Yeah We were down there drove around had some great barbecue It was fun So um but but yeah like it’s it’s just a very different feel Um and uh yeah like so basically our business plan is we acquire properties where we
(51:24) feel we have an advantage in the marketplace we’ll acquire them and deploy that advantage So I have this theory I don’t want to be tested I have this theory If there was a union between Canada and US just like the European Union has where they’re able to travel across border work and live wherever how many Canadians would leave uh I would say a lot And that would devastate our local real estate It would Yeah it would A lot of people Yeah Well we’re already like losing our smartest people to the states like Edmonton Well yeah but but
(51:57) but we have we definitely have the brain drain Um and yeah if you remove that you remove the border basically People are free to go wherever Yeah I I think well what why you just look at the size of the marketplace in Canada you know it’s like we are just a drop in the bucket compared uh to the economic juggernaut which is the United States But most Canadians don’t appreciate I mean that’s not the word Again I didn’t know much of this stuff until I started doing my diligence But like for example San Antonio has a Toyota plant where they
(52:26) make the Tacoma and the Toyota That’s right Yeah Right And then when I was driving around Georgia I was saying to Cherry like “I thought Americans bought American It’s all Toyota Tundras out here.” Yeah And like and I had no idea where it was made Like “Oh it’s made in San Antonio.
(52:41) ” Yeah So my point is take an automotive employee in Ontario Say it’s Cambridge Your average detach is over 800,000 You can go live in San Antonio My house is a lot nicer than your $800,000 house in Cambridge My 2400 foot house fourbedroom two and a half bath I paid $265 in San Antonio Crazy right how do you not see people leaving yeah Well well you just So Google Vancouver real estate and you look up like a $1.
(53:10) 2 million place and then you look up in San Antonio $1.2 million place Oh my god Huge difference Huge You’ll you’re buying a castle Yeah Like for a million American you probably get 4,000 square foot Yeah There’s some nice places Yeah And then you know then we can talk about advantages if you’re a Florida resident you know like all of that type of stuff No state tax Oh yeah So you know I I just think you know when when we’re looking in a general overview and this will definitely be a topic at the conference this year but you know how do
(53:42) we give our businesses and investors in Canada an edge because it’s competition right every country’s competing We are competing for investment dollars just like the US is and I feel at this moment that the US has an advantage in a number of different areas So how do we make our country competitive right that’s what has to get tackled at the federal and the provincial level Some nice things though I like the fact that we don’t have many shootings up here True So I always So people people always ask “Oh when are you moving?” The thing is you
(54:13) and I made a lot of good decisions We bought real estate early on so we can afford to be here For sure For sure And then if as long as you if you exclude housing I find cost of living here is cheaper than than most places in the States Well yeah And then you get into the the health care thing if you don’t want to pay for private healthcare and all like like there there’s there’s definitely um like other factors at play but I think just from a business investment standpoint you know just changes to our tax code you know how the
(54:39) government even approaches investment you know how do we incentivize people um I think even put more simply I think it makes for sense for everyone to we’ve always talked about multiple streams of income having one of them in US dollars probably makes a lot of sense for sure you know and I’m happy to have that argument with any financial planner who thinks that’s a bad idea 100% 100% And and with us you know like we have a lot of Canadian investors that invest with us and we have a lot of US investors We’re basically split down the middle Oh
(55:08) wow Um and but the advantage with us is you know we’re Canadian so we understand what it takes to move money across the border in the most tax efficient way So we’ve structured it for Canadians but yeah we’ve got a ton of Canadian investors where you know like they actually want to put their money to work in the US Mhm Um you know they just see it as you know just a better investment for them It aligns with their goals and they see the US as being very strong So you know like there’s investment deals in Canada too But you know for us in our
(55:38) company you know we’re looking at states You don’t offer trips do you people nice properties Yeah Come swim in our pool Uh and it’s all you’re all long-term rental No short-term No Yeah No we don’t uh do short-term So um Yeah Like for instance with with Atlas there that’s going to be a five-year hold G give or take Like we’ll see what Nobody has a crystal ball but four or five years we’ll probably be looking at exiting We acquired that one uh last well middle of the year last year let’s say Why the decision not to do
(56:10) short-term i asked because it’s a very popular topic that keeps coming up in my feed in my surveys It it is Yeah Well short-term I I think um a couple things uh to break it down Number one uh the long-term rental uh market is proven So you know when we’re raising millions and tens of millions of dollars you know our business plan like it’s rock solid So uh we want to put that money to work Um short-term rentals depending on where you’re at uh legislation is changing Uh so there’s a number of people in number
(56:42) of different cities where they acquired you know short-term rentals STRs and now you know local government has a shift and now you know they’re so um and I think at scale you know I know some operators have experimented having um you know long-term with a couple short-term units in there just to keep the velocity of people coming in and out Um you know that’s just not something we’re looking at That’s not our that’s not our thing because generally neighbors don’t like them No No And like we’d rather get a family in for a couple
(57:13) years right provide them a an affordable safe place to live that’s high quality rather than having people come in for a bender on the weekend and then they leave Right Right Yeah Because you still have density here Like some of these are row houses Yeah for sure Yeah Absolutely But yeah that that’s just not our thing Other people I know are being successful at it Our thing is like that’s our bread and butter Very cool Very cool Anything else I should be asking well I I don’t know Where can you buy a ticket to the
(57:39) conference i thought we recovered that Oh did we yeah Well they got to go to power It’s been showing in the background No they got to go to powerhouseconference.com And then when’s the conference may uh 23 24 25 But if you get the 5day with the two-day bonus mastermind that’s we include the 26th and 27th and those are like the very small group Yeah That that’s the mastermind So Michelle Mete Michael are sticking around They’re really pumped for that Really pumped right yeah Yeah Yeah And then I think the question you should ask
(58:10) too is like if somebody’s listening right now and they haven’t subscribed why not they should hit the They should hit the subscribe button right now I’m already getting your stuff Oh yeah No no I mean I mean for your show Oh yeah they should subscribe I like We have a cap on 17 listeners Okay Handle more capacity than that Yeah Yeah What What do you see for business going forward what do you see for real estate and business going forward we are in interesting times this uh late March 2025 We we are um I think there’s
(58:43) definitely a lot of fear in the marketplace right now Tons of fear Yeah And especially on uh the the money financing side a lot of people are sitting on money right now Um I don’t have a crystal ball but I think if people are able to position themselves the right way over the next you know like 12 18 months um once we pop out the other side and things kind of loosen up I think we’re going to see some pretty incredible growth I think I don’t know Um but I I know with us and what we’re doing we’re making some pretty big big
(59:15) moves on our end Uh because we want to be ready to rock and roll when things kind of turn around Yeah I have more questions about Florida because uh people Oh yeah People still ask about like hurricane risk and whatnot You’re in Tampa Yeah Yeah Well we actually got hit by a hurricane Uh so uh Alice we got hit by a hurricane and um so one of our buildings on S because there’s multiple buildings right um so uh we lost a roof So what we think happened was we think a a tornado in the hurricane kind of hit Um so the benefit is we were going to
(59:47) replace the roof anyway and the hurricane just did it for us So it was part of the business Yeah Exactly Exactly So um but but yeah like um what we do is we obviously look for flood planes Uh we make sure our insurance is there We look at the history of the property So like this property has been around It’s seen a lot of weather Um so we look at okay well what’s the history um of what’s happened in the past how well has it weathered things are we in the right location mo once we answer all those questions we don’t have concerns
(1:00:18) you know like we work with really good insurance people We work with really good um you know inspectors We’re we’re solid Yeah Is there a difference in your multif family insurance versus like the the retail insurance that regular everyday people get oh for Yeah Yeah For for sure Um the you know one of the things we try and do every site we walk um where we’re very serious about the property is we’ll bring our insurance guy out with us because he’s going to look at it through a different lens And so you know like anybody who’s walked
(1:00:49) property before you know like you want to have your contractor there Um you’ll want to have your insurance guy depending sometimes the lender comes out and we’ll walk it as well and our team has some pretty diverse backgrounds in terms of real estate and everybody picks up on different things in the in the building So you know with insurance uh we’re looking at uh you know construction uh we’re looking you know we’ll walk and see uh you know some warping So for instance uh let’s say it’s vinyl siding and you’re in Florida
(1:01:19) in the heat like you know if it’s not installed properly you’ll get warping Well why is that if if if it’s woodframe construction you know is there warping in in the framing there and you can generally see that But those are things the insurance guys is going to be looking at too He’s going to be looking at um you know are the uh garages placed under the property versus you know somewhere else Like all of that impacts it because under it could flood for for sure Yeah And so many vehicles getting flooded Yeah Yeah And um and so I I
(1:01:48) think you know the big difference from putting insurance on a single family home versus apartment building is just you’re multiplying it by a scale of like 100 200 different units And you know you’ve got different uh building codes you have to worry about like uh you know like fire like all of that type of stuff So and what other markets you looking for in the states any any just anywhere in Florida and Texas well no So like we’re we’re pretty bullish on Tampa Um you know Atlas was our first asset there So we’d like to acquire a couple more
(1:02:20) We’re hunting very aggressively in Tampa And stay the same thing A class No So so that that’s a class class Uh that’s like a C plus B minus asset Now obviously we’re we’re moving it up Yeah Oh okay So when you acquired it it was a lower class and you’ve since Yeah Like we’re doing our our work on it uh right now Um but like it’s a good-look asset right so something to be proud of Yeah No no absolutely Um so so this is our bread like I said it’s our bread and butter We can we can acquire an asset like this do
(1:02:53) the renovations we can change the management of the asset because we’re we’re very strong on the management side So we basically to take a look at the property as a business and say okay this is how the business is operating right now These are all the efficiencies we can find we can actually save on these expenses or invest more heavily in different areas and get this result out on the other end Um and and that’s why our investors invest with us because we’ve got the track record of of of doing that So but yeah these properties
(1:03:22) are fun Like they’re fun Um they’re stable Uh they produce uh cash flow which doesn’t really exist here in Canada American dollars too Yeah In USD Um and so you know we’re able to pay our investors monthly distributions right so I get this a lot so I’ll ask you as well Does the currency bother you no no not not Well right now you’re getting a a 40% uh you know bonus right now um when you convert into Canadian Um but but no um definitely not And a lot of the investors um even right now where the where the uh the exchange rate isn’t like great they
(1:04:00) it’s a long-term play They’re like “Hey you know even though all my money is in Canadian it makes sense just to do it once Now my money is in USD and then away they go for the next 20 years Right I did the math with the assuming a 30% down just again I worked with chap GPT on this I just needed 2.6% price appreciation to cover my effects loss Yeah For sure For my worst case Like it’s not a lot I think a lot of people who are just starting at thinking about crossber investing um you know it’s one thing that pops up They just like it
(1:04:31) it’s one of those like kind of scary jitter things Buy one It’s a big deal Yeah you’re going to buy multiple like you know like stock investors talking about uh uh about DCA um just average cost bas Oh yeah yeah yeah yeah just average cost basing will work out for for sure right and we’re at the point now where we have like investors investing in multiple deals right so so they’re basically asking risk yeah um so yeah and and I think you know if if somebody’s if somebody’s worried about you know the forex I appreci appreciate it But you
(1:05:07) know you have to look at well what economy are you investing in there’s other reasons why you would want to move your your money across the border Same reason why you’re across the border right like that there’s there’s solid business decisions and reasons why The the the the saying I the thing I say is what financial planner in the world would say own all your income and all your assets in one country yeah Exactly Right Exactly If they if they encourage it they’re selling you something Yeah Yeah 100% Right Especially when your
(1:05:34) next door neighbor they’re like an economic juggernaut right the only one Yes And may be the only one ever Yeah Money from all over the world is looking to go there And even if China catches up do you want to own a piece of property now exactly That the people will take it away from Yeah Seth thanks so much for doing this One last time where can people get more information on the powerhouse conference oh uh powerhouseconference.
(1:06:01) com Not.ca no.com Here we go Yeah you imag I imagine you’ll draw like quite a few Americans for this conference Oh that’s probably a bad word Americans in the room Yeah Well we actually get people from Europe Middle East Africa UK Uh it it’s pretty crazy um to see how far people actually travel for this It’s It’s pretty cool especially after you announce your your secret your your final big ticket See more people cross the board Yeah that’s probably another week away And uh yeah it’ll be cool Because my American American friends are like
(1:06:32) “Everything’s like 40% off here with our money.” Yeah Yeah So like as a Canadian wouldn’t you like to say that too yeah Wow With my US money I’m getting like 40 I’m saving 40% here Oh 100% 100% So yeah for sure All right Looking forward to this I can’t And then for me like it’s always great for me to see all my friends there It’s like a It’s like a high school reunion for me Oh for sure Well people I like better than high school Yeah Well Well you’re you’re a superstar Everybody listen I mean 17 people listen
(1:06:58) to your podcast so Yeah Hopefully six or seven of them will be there And hope Yeah Hopefully all 17 listeners are there Love to see it Yeah Irwin does uh you know free uh free photos He’ll autograph anything you want any body part you want He’ll sign up Thanks again All right Thanks All right friends That wraps up another episode of the Truth About Real Estate Investing Show for Canadians Hope you got as much out of this one as I did Remember that whether you’re just starting out or a seasoned investor there’s always something new to learn
(1:07:26) And it’s always about building that practical knowledge base that gets you closer to financial freedom If you found value today please do us a favor and leave us a review or a rating share this episode with a friend or better yet join our community of real estate investors who are taking action and making moves And hey if there’s a topic you want us to cover or have uh there’s a certain guest you’d like us to have on the show drop me a line My DMs are open on social media Reply to this email Let this have arrived on I’m not hard to find Uh you
(1:07:52) know we’re all about getting you the unfiltered truth to help you on your journey Thanks again for tuning in and we’ll see you in the next episode Until then stay smart stay curious and keep building that future Catch you later

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible:https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/kkFcPRzbD9Y

Download as an MP3 by right-clicking here and choosing “save as”

HELP US OUT!

Please help us reach new listeners on iTunes by leaving us a rating and review!

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.
https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Seth-Ferguson.jpg 630 1200 Erwin Szeto https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Erwin Szeto2025-04-11 19:04:412025-04-11 19:04:44Powerhouse Conference: Kevin O’Leary, A-Rod, Dragons Michelle & Manjit — 1 Stage, 5,000 Attendees
Page 1 of 11123›»
© Copyright - Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians | Rock Star Real Estate Inc., Brokerage 905-361-9098 | Designed by John Cerpnjak
Scroll to top